Home

r&s®fs-k110 tetra ii

1. H ACP amp IQacplt Spectrum FFT gt yp Measurements Swap IQ G Oaah To PVT a po Align J measurement A B y D k instant 0 timing IQ 0k gt Lene Shee cut out range A ee a 5 adatai IPR it and G B rae os dl P fitter gt a je a A bank a O IS gt y l EXPL 2 PEA pean 5 C E Find the specified Mean frequency IQ M 1 k ai slot type offset estimation subl g A Sif es number of carriers demodulator lock range Fig 44 Slot based signal processing overview Block A In the first step the application has to capture IQ data with a sample rate and a bandwidth that fits for all measurements If the RF input is used The signal at the RF input around the set center frequency f is downconverted to the complex baseband If the analog Baseband input HW option B71 is used Either only the l input or only the Q input or both I j Q are fed to a complex digital mixer that downconverts the signal around the set center frequency f to the complex baseband If the center frequency is already O Hz no downconversion takes place of course If the digital Baseband input HW option FSQ B17 is used The IQ data is not downconverted only resampled to a suitable sample rate and scaled The IQ data is stored in an internal RAM The length of the data is determined by the user parameter Capture Time please
2. e Decimal point Inserts a decimal point at the cursor position e Sign key Changes the sign of the mantissa or exponent of a numeric parameter A is inserted at the cursor position when editing an alphanumeric parameter e Unit keys GHz dBm MHz dBm kHz dB and Hz dB e Provides the numeric value entered with the selected unit and sets the parameter to that value The unit keys are all assigned the value 1 for dimensionless quantities or for level entries e g in dB The unit keys thus assume the function of an ENTER key e BACK key Deletes the character to the left of the cursor with alphanumeric entry e ESC CANCEL key Aborts the entry of a new parameter value The previous value is restored Closes settings views and pop up dialogs e ENTER key Enables editing of the selected parameter using numeric keys or rollkey Finishes the editing of a parameter value The new value is set For an alphanumeric value the new value is set to that displayed using the current unit if applicable In a drop down menu the parameter is set to the currently selected value in the list 1309 9680 42 23 E 3 General Information R amp S FSQ K110 Rollkey The rollkey has various functions e In a settings view the rollkey can be used to navigate between individual parameters the parameter selected being highlighted e In drop down menus the rollkey can be used to navigate
3. e All measurements are based on the same buffer of captured IQ data no swept measurements e All measurements are done this way The specified slots are searched in the captured IQ data If suitable slots are found they are demodulated and the exact slot start and end is calculated internally Modulation errors are calculated Suitable ranges from that IQ data are then cut out exactly aligned to the slot s timing Those ranges of IQ data are processed according to the different implemented measurements Results are shown e Not only the measurement s currently seen on the display but ALL measurements the application offers are always calculated on each found slot in the background This means if EVM versus Symbols for example is selected as active measurement and one RUN SGL measurement that demodulates 100 slots is started it is clear that afterwards the Min Max Average Current traces of EVM versus symbols calculated of 100 slots can be seen on the screen But after this single sweep the application also allows the user to switch to any other measurement and see the Phase Error versus Symbols Magnitude Error versus Symbols etc results of the same 100 slots Modulation measurements Constellation diagram selectable subcarrier and selectable symbol type Constellation diagram per subcarrier 1Q offset and IQ imbalance Quadrature error Amplitude droop Carrier frequency error Error V
4. SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze BANDwidth B25 B50 B100 B150 This command sets the analysis channel bandwidth that will be used when the measurement is performed Note that when slot type is Random Access Burst RAB only the 25kHz B25 channel bandwidth is supported Selecting other channel bandwidths with slot type RAB will return an error B25 25 kHz 8 carrier channel bandwidth B50 50 KHz 16 carrier channel bandwidth B100 100 kHz 32 carrier channel bandwidth B150 150 kHz 48 carrier channel bandwidth Example SENS DEM FORM BAN BAND B50 The R amp S FS K110 option analyses using 16 carriers Characteristics RST value B25 SCPI device specific SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze BTYPe NDB NUB CUB RAB This command is used to specify the type of burst to be analyzed Only bursts of the specified type take part in measurement analysis NDB Normal Downlink Burst NUB Normal Uplink Burst CUB Control Uplink Burst RAB Random Access Burst Example SENS DEM FORM BAN BTYP NUB The R amp S FS K110 option analyzes using a normal uplink burst slot type Characteristics RST value NUL SCPI device specific SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze CADRoop This command sets whether amplitude droop compensation will be used when the measurement is performed Example SENS DEM FORM BAN CADR 1 The R amp S FS K110 option analyzes using pilot tracking Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 174
5. Antes de desplazar o transportar el producto lea y tenga en cuenta el cap tulo Transporte Como con todo producto de fabricaci n industrial no puede quedar excluida en general la posibilidad de que se produzcan alergias provocadas por algunos materiales empleados los llamados al rgenos p ej el n quel Si durante el manejo de productos Rohde amp Schwarz se producen reacciones al rgicas como p ej irritaciones cut neas estornudos continuos enrojecimiento de la conjuntiva o dificultades respiratorias debe avisarse inmediatamente a un m dico para investigar las causas y evitar cualquier molestia o da o a la salud Antes de la manipulaci n mec nica y o t rmica o el desmontaje del producto debe tenerse en cuenta imprescindiblemente el cap tulo Eliminaci n punto 1 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 10 5 Informaciones elementales de seguridad Ciertos productos como p ej las instalaciones de radiocomunicaci n RF pueden a causa de su funci n natural emitir una radiaci n electromagn tica aumentada Deben tomarse todas las medidas necesarias para la protecci n de las mujeres embarazadas Tambi n las personas con marcapasos pueden correr peligro a causa de la radiaci n electromagn tica El empresario operador tiene la obligaci n de evaluar y se alizar las reas de trabajo en las que exista un riesgo elevado de exposici n a radiaciones Tenga en cuenta que en caso de incendio pueden desprenderse del producto sustan
6. Instead of directly displaying the parameters from the table above derived parameters are displayed in the Summary Table measurement ACP signal processing A diagram of the signal processing dealing with the measurements e ACP due to Modulation and e ACP due to Transients is shown in Fig 47 For the input signal IQacp t please refer to Fig 44 1309 9680 42 99 E 3 Measurements in Detail R amp S FSQ K110 ACP a t evaluation gt RRC cut gt Channel 3 expel a pret ACP xt Slot information gt RRC gt cut gt Channel 2 exp j2 pi t f g A ACP t Slot information gt RRC re cut gt Channel 1 2 pitt f l t exp i 1 Slot information Qnopl Get slot s Reference Power from TX channel demodulator ACP gt X amp RRC re cut gt Channel 1 exp j 2 pi t f ACP t Slot information OS gt RRC re cut gt Channel 2 exp j 2 pi t f 5 ACP a t Slot information mo gt RRC re cut gt Channel 3 exp j 2 pi t f Slot information Fig 47 ACP signal processing The application chooses the offset frequencies f automatically according to the standard 2 A Root Raised Cosine filter is applied to each of these offset frequencies The symbol rate and the roll off factor to design the RRC filters are also automatically chosen
7. SCPI device specific CALCulate LIMit BURSt ALL RESult This command returns all the limit check results as a group The results are returned as a list of 18 comma separated ASCII strings where 0 corresponds to passed limit not exceeded and 1 corresponds to failed limit exceeded The results for the EVM limit result values are dependent on EVM units dB or percent The EVM units are specified with the UNIT EVM command The results are returned in the following order lt average EVM All Result gt lt max EVM All Limit gt lt average EVM Data Sync Pilot Result gt lt max EVM Data Sync Pilot Result gt lt average EVM Data Header Result gt lt max EVM Data Header Result gt lt average EVM Data Result gt lt max EVM Data Result gt lt average EVM Sync Pilot Result gt lt max EVM Sync Pilot Result gt lt average IQ Offset Result gt lt max IQ Offset Result gt lt average Frequency Error Result gt lt max Frequency Error Result gt lt average Phase Error Result gt lt max Phase Error Result gt lt average Magnitude Error Result gt lt max Magnitude Error Result gt Example UNIT EVM DB EVM dB Limit Results are selected to be returned CALC LIM BURS ALL RES All current summary table results are returned in the specified comma separated ASCII format Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM ALL AVERage CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM ALL MAXimum Th
8. lf another measurement such as a continuous sweep measurement is running while you press this hotkey the running measurement will be completed and stopped The RUN CONT hotkey starts the selected measurement in continuous sweep mode This means that the measurement will never stop The parameter Number of slots to analyze cf dialog Demod Settings will determine when MIN MAX AVG statistics of all measurements will be reset Pressing the RUN CONT hotkey while a continuous sweep measurement is running causes the measurement to be stopped aborted The REFRESH hotkey enables repeatedly recalculation using old IQ data and the currently set parameters general settings demod settings It triggers no IQ data capturing Example The user has done a RUN SGL measurement with certain settings Afterwards he wants to try which results are calculated with exactly the same old IQ data but other settings So the steps would be e RUN SGL afterwards look at results e Cange some settings press REFRESH look at how results changed e Cange some settings press REFRESH look at how results changed and so on The REFRESH hotkey is only available after a RUN SGL Pressing the REFRESH hotkey disables the parameter Number of slots to analyze cf dialog Demod Settings in case it was active REFRESH does of course not make sense after changing parameters that affect capturing of IQ data center frequency RF input vs digital or analog Baseband input
9. measurement results For the ACP measurements seven channels of data values are available The SCPI channel numbers CHAN lt 0O 6 gt correspond to the following relative channel numbers that are displayed in Fig 60 Fig 60 ACP due to Modulation Relative Channel Number Channel Number ACP due to Modulation Relative Channel Number FETCh BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt 0 6 gt ABSPower CURRent FETCh BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt 0 6 gt ABSPower MAXimum FETCh BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt 0 6 gt ABSPower AVERage This command returns the measured current maximum and average determined absolute power in dBm Example FETC BURS ACPM CHAN3 ABSP MAX The maximum calculated absolute power for the transmit channel from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt 0 6 gt BANDwidth This command returns the filter bandwidth symbol rate in KHz used to design the filter for the ACP Modulation measurement Example FETC BURS ACPM CHAN4 BAND The filter bandwidth used for measuring the upper channel in the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt 0 6 gt DELLimit CURRent FETCh BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt 0 6 gt DELLimit MAXimum FETCh BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt 0 6 gt DELLimit AVERage This command returns the measured current maximum and average results of the Delta to
10. AVERage RESult CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECtrum FLATness DEVPilot RMS RESult CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECtrum FLATness DEVPilot MAXimum RESult CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECtrum FLATness DEVPilot MINimum RESult These commands return the limit check results for the measured pilot symbol power deviation results Spectrum Flatness measurement The results are returned as a boolean value where 0 Passed and 1 Failed limit exceeded Different statistics of the result can be compared against the same limit value please refer to CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECtrum FLATness DEVPilot Standard deviation RMS maximum average minimum Example To check if no subcarrier pilot symbol power differed more than 2 dB from the subcarrier Reference Power first set the corresponding limit value to 2 dB CALC LIM BURS SPEC FLAT DEVP 2 Then after measuring the signal query if no power was too large CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECtrum FLATness DEVPilot MAXimum RESult AND if no power was too small CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECtrum FLATness DEVPilot MINimum RESult Examples CALC LIM BURS SPEC FLAT DEVPI MAX RES The limit check result for the maximum measured pilot symbol power deviation is returned as a Boolean value 0 Passed 1 Failed Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 140 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control Configure Subsystem The following section describes measurement configuration u
11. CONF BURSE CONSTSYMBE SEL PLL CONF BURS CONS SYMB SEL SYN Characteristics RST value ALL SCPI device specific See also SENSe DEMod FORmat BANalyze BANDwidth CONFigure BURSt EVM ECARrier IMMediate select Constellation vs Symbol Run single Wait for completion Select Pilot symbols only Fetch results Select Sync symbols only Fetch results Switch to the EVM versus Carrier measurement This command does not perform any measurement but is required before fetching measurement results or handling markers for this measurement Example CONF BURS EVM ECAR Switch to the EVM versus Carrier measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 143 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 CONFigure BURSt EVM ECARrier UNIT lt DB PCT gt This remote control command specifies the units for the EVM versus Carrier measurement After this command has been executed the newly specified units are available immediately for fetching results DB EVM versus Carrier measurement results will be returned in dB PCT EVM versus Carrier measurement results will be returned in percent Example CONF BURS EVM ECAR UNIT PCT Configured to return EVM versus Carrier measurement results in percent units Characteristics RST value PCT SCPI device specific CONFigure BURSt EVM ESYMbol IMMediate Switch to the EVM versus Symbol measurement This command does not
12. CONFigure BURSt CONStell CSYMbol CARRier SELect This remote control command is only available when Constellation versus Symbol measurement is selected Once the Constellation versus Symbol measurement is selected the carrier selection may be changed to display the trace results using the selected carrier The trace results are available immediately no INIT IMM is required The valid range of parameters depends on the selected bandwidth of slots to analyze SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze BAND For 25 KHz 8 sub carriers valid parameters are ALL 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 Example SENSe DEMod FORmat BANalyze BANDwidth B25 INIT IMM MOBCOn CONF BURS CONS CCAR CARR SEL 4 Carrier 4 is selected CONF lt BURS CONS CCAR CARR SEL Fetch results Carrier 3 is selected Fetch results CONF BURS CONS CCAR CARR SEL ALL All carriers are selected Characteristics RST value ALL SCPI device specific Fetch results CONFigure BURSt CONStell SYMbol SELect ALL DATA HDR SYNC PILOT This remote control command is only available when the Constellation versus Carrier or the Constellation versus Symbol measurements are selected Once a Constellation measurement is selected the symbol selection may be changed to display the trace results using the selected symbol The trace results are available immediately no INIT IMM is required Example CONES BURS CONG CSYM INIT IMM AAA
13. Capture Memory Mumber of Samples 137700 Capture Time 30 slots DEMOD Ref 20 dBm Att Mech Att Elec 5 00 0 00 dB SETTINGS DISPLAY LIST ee NEO TT CONSTELL US CARRIER Constellation vs Symbol Symbols All Carrier 21 SYMBOLY TO PLOT CARRIER SELECTION Measurement Complete SUPPORT SPECTRUM f verme AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A ll Fig 25 Constellation vs Symbol Results example e The Constellation versus Symbols display shows the measured refer to signal lQmeas M k in Fig 45 IQ symbols e The symbol instants to plot are always From the first until the last symbol instant defined for the currently selected slot type cf parameter Slot Type page 79 e The subcarriers to plot can be set by the CARRIER SELECTION softkey e The kind of symbols to plot can be set by the SYMBOLS TO PLOT softkey e Only the last slot found in the current capture buffer is plotted The ideal points are displayed as circles in the display The title of the lower part of the measurement tells what is plotted Colors help to distinguish the different symbol types The measurement Constellation vs Symbol is useful e for checking how stable the demodulation is e for checking if the correct payload modulation is set e for checking if certain symbol types have a wrong phase or scaling e for checking if symbols in certain subcarriers have a wrong phase or scaling e because most modulation errors can b
14. Measurement Complete SPECTRUM f terme AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A Fig 22 ACP Due to Transients Lower Channel example The upper half of the display is identical to that of measurement ACP Transients Upper page 53 The lower part of the display is also identical to the measurement ACP Transients Upper page 53 except that not the upper adjacent channel but the lower one is measured 1309 9680 42 55 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Flatness Flatness CARR PILOT 1309 9680 42 The Flatness Carrier respectively Flatness Pilot result display is selected by pressing the SPECTRUM softkey in the main measurement softkey menu followed by the FLATNESS CARRIPILOT softkey Pressing this softkey again toggles between these two measurements Remote CONF BURS SPEC FLAT SEL CARR CONF BURS SPEC FLAT SEL PIL GENERAL SETTINGS Signal Level RF 30 dem External Att Single Trigger Mode Free Fun Trigger Offset O slots Slot Type Modulation Channel Bandwidth Flatness of SubCarrier Reference Powers and Pilot Symbol Powers e y e Power 3547 z bes dem 1 00 dB DISPLAY Carrier 3 pa LIST ilot Power Dey 1 00 Subcarrier Power Deviation dB 200 of 200 32 ACP MODULATION i ACP TRANS UPPER ACP TRANS LOWER DEMOD SETTINGS a i SPECTRUM FFT i 5 carr 1 carr diyv 5 carr Measurem
15. The amplitude and phase equalized single sided bandwidth of the analog Baseband inputs is for e Low pass On 30 MHz e Low pass Off 36 MHz The Low Pass parameter is editable only and has an effect only when analog Baseband input is selected means of parameter Input page 74 Remote SENS IO LPAS When switched on the Dither parameter specifies that a 2 MHz wide noise signal at 42 67 MHz is injected into the signal path of the analog Baseband input It appears in the spectrum at 38 92 MHz The dither signal distinctly improves the linearity of the A D converter at very low signal levels low drive level at the A D converter and thus the accuracy of the level displayed The Dither parameter is editable only and has an effect only when analog Baseband input is selected Remote SENS IQ DITH Specifies which sample rate the IQ signal has which is fed into the analyzer s digital Baseband input Do not confuse with the transmission speed of the digital Baseband input which can be totally different e g if IQ data was stored in a memory 76 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Auto checkbox If not checked the correct Digital Input Sampling Rate value must be entered manually If checked the Digital Input Sampling Rate value cannot be entered manually Instead the R amp S FS K110 expects that the device under test sends the correct Digital Input Sampling Rate value via the LVDS connection Only certain
16. o pey in progress Provided by FSQ Kernel Main a a al L A A A DA A rd A CALibrating STATis OPERation gt EA al used go Qo Go Qo Qo pas UN na lr STB AQP Limit 09 O gt ys Q gt ES ALibration ren FAJEQuenc go Yo Go Yo Qo Yo U PE STATus QUEStionfble ISTflag sO H EIIE miis ee Error event queue ESE ESR a A AO a esp a 1309 9680 42 STATus QUE ACP Trans Ch 4 Upper 1 MAX x x ACP Trans Ch 4 Upper 1 CUR ACP Trans Ch 2 Lower 1 MAX ACP Trans Ch 2 Lower 1 CUR ACP Mod Ch 6 Upper 3 MAX ACP Mod Ch 6 Upper 3 CUR ACP Mod Ch 5 Upper 2 MAX ACP Mod Ch 5 Upper 2 CUR ACP Mod Ch 4 Upper 1 MAX ACP Mod Ch 4 Upper 1 CUR ACP Mod Ch 2 Lower 1 MAX ACP Mod Ch 2 Lower 1 CUR ACP Mod Ch 1 Lower 2 MAX ACP Mod Ch 1 Lower 2 CUR ACP Mod Ch 0 Lower 3 MAX ACP Mod Ch 0 Lower 3 CUR STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Aa D Remote Control 5 not used reserved reserved reserved reserved Burst count too small No bursts found No capture data STATus QUEStionable SYNC D Screen A Screen B EVM Percent Sk al 14 SS A 1 EN Ea E Ea 13 a wo SS N Ex TN SS EVM SP MAX FAIL EVM SP AVG FAIL EVM DSP MAX FAIL EVM DSP AVG FAIL EVM DH MAX FAIL EVM DH AVG FAI
17. 1 10 log 0 o Formula 71 lmWw Different statistics of PVT t are shown as e The traces in the Power versus Time measurement e SCPI CONF BURS PVT IMM then fetch some traces The absolute mean power before the burst Measure from the start of the measurement time T start until the time T4 T p l 2 EV ites Tr fOr dt Formula 72 1 start t T art R is the input impedance The Min Max Avg Current statistic for PVT before is done according to chapter Arithmetic averaging on page 123 All statistics of PVT sore can be converted to unit dBm PVT before PVT yeforeapm 10 logl0 Formula 73 lmWw Different statistics of PVT yg are shown as e Result C in the Summary Table of the PVT measurement please refer to e SCPI FETC BURS PVTT BEFB The absolute mean power after the burst Measure from the time T until the end of the PVT trace time Tena T p end gt PVT ger A a Orr dt Formula 74 end Sel R Is the input impedance The Min Max Avg Current statistic for PVT ieee is done according to chapter Arithmetic averaging on page 123 All statistics of PVT can be converted to unit dBm after PVA fer PVT ferdBm 10 log 10 ImW Formula 75 Different statistics of PVT ferdgm are shown as e Result E in the Summary Table of the PVT measurement please refer to Fig 53 e SCPI FETC BURS PVTT AFTB The absolute mean power of the slot
18. 1309 9680 42 200 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 8 Index HADAS CUA O ii tinta 81 A ACP AUO ee aa a E a E 81 ACROSS A is 82 ACP due to Transients ccccccsssccessesecseeceesecessneseesenesseess 83 ACP MOOUIGUON as 51 AGE RRC RONOM aia N 81 ACP Transients LOWE cintas 55 ACP Transients Upper srona an a i 53 AU is 83 AUTO EV a da OO 68 Auto Power Trigger Leve occcoonncococeccnnconnnconnecononons 12 B BAIANICEG A A AN 76 B nd Widin bccn tesa a ins 81 Br Stean ciiasan a A 62 C Capre TINE n Sse EE ER N 71 Camer SECA E 60 Channel Bandwidth ooocooccoonconncconconncorononnnanononons 67 Compensate Amplitude DrOODP occcoocconnconnconcconnnonoos 80 Compensate IQ OffS t sisirin iiini 80 Constellation vs Carrier ccccccccescsseccessceetseetensscnessersessees 60 Constellation VS SYMDOI sais a e in 59 CIRE ROY oro de 22 Cursor KEyS sii 22 24 D PONOT e A AA ga n ee eee Oe 78 Demod RRC ROW POR ici aa 79 Digital Input Sampling Rate ccccecccsseeeceseeeeceneeseneeeens 76 Display o CHING S20 sac tas oa roca 93 A A 76 E Edit Checkbox Value 29 Enumerated Value 28 Numeric Value 26 ENTER TKCY a ten bs bado 22 A eane eae ne er nee einer fee ee eeeee ee ree 22 EVMVS CHOT aiae aE dai 43 EVM YS SV MOOI errre a aT EENS teiaiios 40 EVM Y Axis Auto Scaling 42 Unit 42 Y Center 43 Y SPAN 43 EXIO BOX SUNS airsan aa a a 77 Exiting the APpPliCAtiON cccsecccsecseccssccueceen
19. Available From Multiple Measurements The Magnitude Capture Display is special in that it is mostly not used as an independent measurement Instead it is mostly part of the following measurements e EVM vs Symbol e EVM vs Carrier e Magnitude Error e Phase Error e Spectrum FFT e Constellation vs Symbol e Constellation vs Carrier e Bit Stream Normally split screen mode any of these measurements shows Magnitude Capture Display in the upper half of the screen But by using the hotkey SCREEN A B and hardkey DISP the magnitude capture display can as well be shown in full screen mode as shown below or it can be put into the background and is not visible any more eQquency Signal Level 30 dBm External Att FULL Sweep Mode Single Trigger Mode Free Run Trigger Offset O slots SCREEN Slot Type Control Uplink CUB Modulation 64 2AM Channel Bandwidth 100 kHz 52 carr Capture Memory Humber of Samples 137700 Capture Time 30 slots Marker 1 107 08 dBm SPLIT Ref 20 dBm Att Mech Att Elec 5 00 0 00 de Slots 6 6 85 22 me SCREEN MA a A IT 25 888 ms div 424 997 ms Measurement Complete SPECTRUM TE TRAZ AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN B Fig 12 Magnitude Capture Display Results The Magnitude Capture Display shows the complete range of captured data for the current sweep All analyzed bursts are identified with a green bar at the bottom of the Magnitude Capture Display Information 1309 96
20. CONF POW EXP RF 9 The R amp S FS K110 option assumes a maximum slot power of 9 dBm Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific See DISPlay WINDow lt 1 gt TRACe lt 1 2 gt Y SCALe RLEVel RF as an alternative 1309 9680 42 146 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control CONFigure POWer EXPected IQ lt numeric value gt This remote control command is used to specify the maximum average slot power level in volts expected for the signal at the Analyzer s analog Baseband input not RF or digital Baseband input Example CONF POW EXP IQ 1 2V The R amp S FS K110 option assumes a maximum analog Baseband slot power of 1 2V Characteristics RST value 1 SCPI device specific See DISPlay WINDow lt 1 gt TRACe lt 1 2 gt Y SCALe RLEVel IQ as an alternative CONFigure POWer AUTO This remote control command controls the automatic power level detection and optimum input settings When switched on power level detection is performed at the start of each measurement sweep and the attenuator and pre amplifiers are automatically adjusted Currently not yet available Example CONF POW AUTO ON The R amp S FS K110 option will auto detect the signal input power Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific See DISPlay WINDow lt 1 gt TRACe lt 1 2 gt Y SCALe RLEVel AUTO as an alternative CONFigure POWer AUTO SWEep TIME This remote control command is used to specify the seep time for the autom
21. QuadraturError T gt QuadraturError my Formula 41 m 0 QuadraturError is always positive i e the sign of the error has gone But values 0 lot QuadraturE rror m 0 can never result in an average value QuadraturError The Min Max Avg Current statistic for QuadraturError is done according to chapter RMS slot averaging on page 122 All statistics of QuadraturError can be converted to unit degree lot 360 QuadraturError ar QuadraturError Formula 42 TT lot degree lot Different statistics of OuadraturError are shown as lot degree e The row called Quadrature Error in the Summary Table measurement e SCPI FETC BURS SUMT QUAD 1309 9680 42 108 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements in Detail Power of subcarriers The power of a subcarrier or a slot is calculated using the signal JO m k But at the end of the m k was scaled in a way that it closely resembles the ideal meas signal processing in Fig 45 JO meas reference signal TO pep M k i e the sync and pilot symbols have a magnitude of about 1 Volt We use the factors p in the following calculations to compensate these scaling factors Factor p only compensates the power losses and gains the signal processing blocks of Fig 45 applied to a certain single subcarrier m e Initial amplitude and phase compensation in block A of Fig 45 e Scaling compensation Aa in block F in of Fig 45 e Mean power gain
22. R amp S test transmitters support this feature It is recommended to only check this checkbox when using a suitable R amp S test transmitter Remote INP DIO SRAT AUTO ON Setting a too low Digital Input Sampling Rate will cause a warning because the IQ signal s bandwidth might become too low for running all measurements reliably especially ACP measurements The instrument will continue measuring because most measurements do not need such high sampling rates as the ACP measurements Of course results can not be guaranteed in this operation mode Channel BW Minimum sampling rate without warning 25 KHz 259 2 KHz 50 KHz 299 2 KHz 100 KHz 324 0 KHz 150 KHz 388 8 KHz Digital Input Sampling Rates much higher than needed for capturing TEDS signals greater than 10 MHz depends on channel bandwidth might cause the analyzer to automatically reduce the maximum capture time that can be used The Digital Input Sampling Rate parameter is editable only and has an effect only when digital Baseband input is selected The application does not offer this setting if the digital Baseband option FSQ B17 is not installed Remote INP DIQ SRAT ExIQ Box Settings Digital Input Sampling Rate 10 MHz This button invokes a tool for the configuration of the R amp S Ee Bie Seime ae ExIQ Box The R amp S ExIQ Box must be connected to the analyzer s USB socket USB cable First scenario The digital baseband inputs outputs of R amp S signal
23. Set units with UNIT EVM first EVM Data Symbols only Set units with UNIT EVM first Set units with UNIT EVM first Set units with UNIT EVM first Set units with UNIT EVM first EVM Data Header Symbols EVM Data Sync Pilot Symbols 1309 9680 42 154 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT FETCHh BURSt PVTTable CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum SPILot CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum SUMT able FERRor CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum GlMBalance CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum QOFfset CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum MAGError CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum PHASeerror CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum QUADerror CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum SCMPower CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum SCRPower CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum Set units with UNIT EVM first Set units with UNIT EVM first Set units with UNIT EVM first Set units with UNIT EVM first EVM Sync Pilot Symbols Set units with UNIT EVM first Set units with UNIT EVM first Set units with UNIT EVM first Set units with UNIT EVM first The following are queries only GIMB units set via UNIT GIMB Refer to description for units 1309 9680 42 155 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 FETCh BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt 0 6 gt The following comments apply to the ACP due to Modulation
24. Statement of the problem We want to calculate a statistic for an ensemble of results i e e a maximum of all of them e a minimum of all of them e an average or mean of all of them e a current value of all of them The following chapters show which ways the application can use to calculate the Min Max Avg Current statistic for all values x 1 x 2 x N if N is the total number of single results at the moment RMS averaging Current statistic of an ensemble of N single results CurrentStatistic x N x N Formula 78 In words Take the magnitude of the last current result Maximum statistic of an ensemble of N single result MaximumStatistic x N max x 1 x2 In words Take the result with maximum magnitude 9 9 y x N Formula 79 1309 9680 42 122 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements in Detail Minimum statistic of an ensemble of N single result MinimumStatistic x N min x 1 E A x N Formula 80 In words Take the result with minimum magnitude Average statistic of an ensemble of N single result en LE 2 AverageStatistic x N yO Formula 81 s 1 In words Calculate the square root of the mean of the squared results Example For these results x 1 4 5 8 N 4 The statistic would be e Min abs 1 1 e Max 8 e Avg sqrt 1 16 25 64 10 29 e Curr x 4 8 Arithmetic averaging Current statistic of a
25. before and when using the product It is also absolutely essential to observe the additional safety instructions on personal safety for example that appear in relevant parts of the product documentation In these safety instructions the word product refers to all merchandise sold and distributed by the Rohde amp Schwarz group of companies including instruments systems and all accessories Symbols and safety labels Notice general Caution Danger of Warning PE terminal Ground Ground Be careful when danger location when electric Hot surface terminal handling handling electrostatic heavy sensitive equipment devices Observe product documentation ON OFF supply Standby Direct current Alternating current Direct alternating Device fully protected by voltage indication DC AC current DC AC double reinforced insulation 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 1 Basic Safety Instructions Tags and their meaning The following signal words are used in the product documentation in order to warn the reader about risks and dangers indicates a hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or DANGER serious injury lA WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury indicates a hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in minor or moderate injury indicates the possibility of incorrect operation which can result in damage to NOTICE the
26. but is required before fetching measurement results or handling markers for this measurement Example CONF BURS STAT BSTR Switch to the Bitstream measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CONFigure BURSt SUMTable IMMediate Switch to the Summary Table measurement This command does not perform any measurement but is required before fetching measurement results or handling markers for this measurement Example CONF BURS SUMT Switch to the Summary Table measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CONFigure EXTernal AT Tenuation lt numeric value gt This remote control command is used to specify the user s external attenuation on the Analyzer s input Positive values are attenuation and negative are gain Set this value when you use an external pre amplifier or an external attenuator and want the application to show correct power results Example CONF EXT ATT 9 The R amp S FS K110 option assumes an input signal attenuation of 9 dB Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific See DISPlay WINDow lt 1 gt TRACe lt 1 2 gt Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet as an alternative CONFigure POWer EXPected RF lt numeric value gt This remote control command is used to specify the maximum average slot power you expect the signal at the Analyzer s RF input not at the analog or digital Baseband input to have This is not the peak power of the signal Example
27. device specific FETCh BURSt SUMTable SCMPower CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable SCMPower AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable SCMPower MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable SCMPower MINimum This command returns the measured current average minimum or maximum of the Mean power in each subcarrier in dBm For example if a channel bandwidth of 100 kHz 32 carriers is selected this is an array of 32 values with the first element in the array equal to the mean power in carrier 16 The mean power of data header sync and pilot symbols is calculated for these results Example FETC BURS SUMT SCMP MAX The maximum Mean power for each subcarrier from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt SUMTable SCRPower CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable SCRPower AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable SCRPower MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable SCRPower MINimum This command returns the measured current average minimum or maximum of the Reference power in each subcarrier in dBm For example if a channel bandwidth of 100 kHz 32 carriers is selected this is an array of 32 values with the first element in the array equal to the mean power in carrier 16 Reference Power means that the mean power of sync and pilot symbols is calculated Example FETC BURS SUMT SCMR MAX The maximum Reference power for each subcarrier from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI d
28. its information from the standard event status register ESR defined in IEEE 488 2 with the associated mask register standard event status enable ESE and the STATus OPERation and STATus QUEStionable registers which are defined by SCPI The STATus OPERation and STATus QUEStionable registers contain high level information on current instrument operational status which is collected from lower level registers Note that for R amp S FS K110 register values to be reflected to the STATus OPERation and STB registers the corresponding bits must be enabled in the STATus QUEStionable register The STB bit corresponding to the STATus QUEStionable register will not be cleared until the STATus QUEStionable EVENt register is read The IST flag Individual STatus and the parallel poll enable register PPE allocated to it are also part of the status reporting system The IST flag like the SRQ combines the entire instrument status in a single bit The PPE fulfils the same function for the IST flag as the SRE for the service request The output buffer contains the messages the instrument returns to the controller It is not part of the status reporting system but determines the value of the MAV bit in the STB and thus is represented in 1309 9680 42 188 E 3 Fig 62 R amp S FSQ K110 a amp Logical AND eles B logical OR of all bits indicates Created by FSQ Analyser indicates FS K110 only indicates NOT available in FS K110
29. n con el suelo de la caja para abajo modo de protecci n IP 2X grado de suciedad 2 categor a de sobrecarga el ctrica 2 uso solamente en estancias interiores utilizaci n hasta 2000 m sobre el nivel del mar transporte hasta 4500 m sobre el nivel del mar Se aplicar una tolerancia de 10 sobre el voltaje nominal y de 5 sobre la frecuencia nominal N No sit e el producto encima de superficies veh culos estantes o mesas que por sus caracter sticas de peso o de estabilidad no sean aptos para l Siga siempre las instrucciones de instalaci n del fabricante cuando instale y asegure el producto en objetos o estructuras p ej paredes y estantes Si se realiza la instalaci n de modo distinto al indicado en la documentaci n del producto pueden causarse lesiones o incluso la muerte zi No ponga el producto sobre aparatos que generen calor p ej radiadores o calefactores La temperatura ambiente no debe superar la temperatura m xima especificada en la documentaci n del producto o en la hoja de datos En caso de sobrecalentamiento del producto pueden producirse choques el ctricos incendios y o lesiones graves con posible consecuencia de muerte 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 8 Informaciones elementales de seguridad Seguridad el ctrica Si no se siguen o se siguen de modo insuficiente las indicaciones del fabricante en cuanto a seguridad el ctrica pueden producirse choques el ctricos incendios y o lesiones graves con
30. numeric_value gt FSQ B17 option only RANGe Full Scale Level UPPer lt numeric_value gt AUTO ON OFF Auto Set of Full Scale Level SRATe lt numeric_value gt Digital Input Sampling Rate AUTO ON OFF Auto Set of Dig Input SR EATT AUTO lt Boolean gt STATe lt Boolean gt GAIN Controls the preamplifier STATe lt Boolean gt Automatic setting SELect RF BB DIQ AIQ FSQ B71 FSQ B17 option only IQ FSQ B71 option only BALanced STATe IMPedance TYPE INPut ATTenuation lt numeric value gt This remote control command specifies the RF attenuation that the Analyzer uses Currently not yet available Example INP ATT 10 Attenuation of the analyzer is set to 10 dB Characteristics RST value 5 dB SCPI conforming INPut lt 1 2 gt DIQ RANGe UPPer lt numeric_value gt This command defines the voltage corresponding to the maximum input value of the digital Baseband input I or Q of a sample has integer value 7 FFFF hex the other is zero C f parameter Full Scale Level This command is only available with option FSQ B17 installed This command is only of importance if the digital Baseband input is used Example INP DIQ RANG Returns set Full Scale Level of the digital Baseband input Characteristics RST value 1 V SCPI conforming INPut lt 1 2 gt DIQ RANGe UPPer AUTO ON OFF This command corresponds to the Auto checkbox of the parameter Full Scale Level This command is only
31. or press the rollkey For numeric parameters editing can also be started by entering the new value directly from the numeric keypad without pressing the ENTER key first 1309 9680 42 25 E 3 General Information R amp S FSQ K110 Entry of a numeric value Once a parameter has been selected see above a new value for a numeric parameter can be entered in a number of ways With the exception of entry via the number keys to start editing the parameter either press the ENTER key on the numeric keypad or press the rollkey before following the instructions below lf an error occurs for example the entered value is out of range then the new value will not be accepted for the parameter setting Entry using number keys gt Enter required value using the number keys numeric keypad Example To enter 200 MHz 2 LA f 3 Frequency 200 MHz Note The parameter is not set to the new value until either one of the unit keys on the numeric keypad the ENTER or the rollkey is pressed If the new value is not valid then a message box is displayed and the entered value will be replaced with a valid value For example when a value above the maximum allowed is entered then the maximum value allowed will be shown in the entry box The parameter will still be ready for editing so that another value can be entered if desired Entry using cursor keys gt Cursor or 5 until obtaining the required value The application prevents the mi
32. 102 6 SETTINGS DISPLAY LIST A E EUM US SYMBOL 425 888 ms MAGNITUDE ERROR PHASE ERROR camry ES Y AXIS DIU 17 carr 2 carr div Measurement Complete SUPPORT spectrum ERa euro Lu f run sci f Run cont f rerREsH screen A e Fig 16 EVM vs Carrier Results The EVM vs Carrier display shows the RMS EVM measured for all subcarriers defined for the currently selected channel bandwidth cf parameter Channel Bandwidth page 67 The results are displayed on a per subcarrier basis with dots indicating the value at each subcarrier Note that EVM can be displayed in percent or dB per the selection in the Y AXIS DIV pop up dialog The RMS EVM at a certain symbol instant is calculated as the RMS average of the EVM Q gt 1309 9680 42 43 E Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Y AXIS DIV 1309 9680 42 of all symbols in the subcarrier For detailed information please refer to Formula 15 and Formula 16 page 103 Note that the parameter Show 2nd EVM based or page 80 has no influence here i e all kind of symbols are used The parameters cf page 78 e Pilot Tracking e Compensate Amplitude Droop e Compensate IQ Offset e and especially Payload Modulation do have an effect The measurement EVM vs Symbol is useful e as an overall figure of merit including all modulation errors e to see if there are problems e g a CW interferer at certain subcarriers e to se
33. 300908102 6393 60F3D1D1392426 04 55 16 O OFLSP 030819 3D1332P 091129 1BP 342138 Se EZ 33808 213420H22 62620 a2 O43 A1EHOLS J 02 5 5 36 O31904P 0E1501 3EP 32 P DOO3 01 3 35333 342235 5H3082516 21125 330E07H32 1 01 5 122118 32H3110F14 30 311 DA20213FH205 02 5 5 11 22936P 372B50C LD 390F14P 1C3C3D 03 S HA3S0E10143630360B14H2229141D 3 27 363C2FH20F Measurement Complete SUPPORT SPECTRUM f terme AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A li Fig 27 Bit Stream Results The bit stream results display shows the demodulated data stream of the last found slot in the current capture buffer The list has the same style used in 2 Annex P e The symbol instants are counted 1 2 3 4 SNmax e The subcarriers are sorted the same way as in 2 Annex P but the R amp S FS K110 uses a symmetric way to count them e g 8 2 1 1 2 7 8 The result list can be scrolled through using the cursor keys a marker or the rollkey Colors show the different symbol types In the list e P means Pilot symbol No demodulated symbol data available e S means Sync symbol No demodulated symbol data available e H means Header symbol A symbol value of just 1 digit is enough because header symbols are always 4 QAM e 2 hexadecimal digits mean Data symbol 2 digits are used because even 64 QAM can be used The process of converting received IQ points to bits uses the symbol mappin
34. 4 1234567890 EET 420 Center 1 6 GHz Span gt Enter the option key supplied with the R amp S FS K110 software gt When a valid option key has been supplied a dialog will be displayed explaining that a reboot is required to complete this operation Select OK in this dialog and the instrument will be rebooted 1309 9680 42 9 E 3 General Information R amp S FSQ K110 gt When the analyzer starts after the reboot a new hotkey will be displayed at the bottom of the display labelled TETRAZ In addition an entry for the R amp S FS K110 option will be displayed in the FIRMWARE OPTIONS dialog FIFMMARE UPT LIONS DESCRIPTION TETRA 2 14 48 Starting the Application Power up the R amp S FSQ or R amp S FSU spectrum analyzer When R amp S FS K110 is correctly installed there will be a hotkey labelled TETRA2 at the bottom of the screen Press the TETRA2 hotkey to start R amp S FS K110 Note that if the spectrum analyzer is powered down whilst R amp S FS K110 is active then when the spectrum analyzer is powered up again it will start up in the R amp S FS K110 application Exiting the Application To exit the R amp S FS K110 option press the SPECTRUM hotkey at the bottom of the screen This will cause the option to exit and the spectrum analyzer to be activated 1309 9680 42 10 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 General Information Quick Start Guide This section helps the user to quickly become familiar with R amp S FS K110 by wor
35. Edo 110 Results of Flatness Carriers measurement oooccocccccnccocncocncconcncncnonnnnnnonnnnnncnnnnnnnonnnnnnnnnnncnnnnns 110 Results of Flatness Pilots Measurement ooccoocccoccccccnconcccnncnccnoncnonnnonononnnononannnnnnnnnnnnanonnnnnnoos 112 Results of ACP due to Transients swiss teswerszsssiscescdconcienmui en inaieaunWaaeseullansGuathorrdunpeaniedesesatenpentle 114 Results of ACP due TO Modulation ui adi 117 Results Or POWER Versus Meis e a a 118 GCalculating result stat Sti ai ti 122 RMS averadiN genai a ld 122 PAPE INC HC AV CGAGIING etica A A A A 123 MagMagnitude MinMagnitude Statistic ooccccoccococnccccnnccnncoonononononnnnnnononanononos 124 Mera iia ele 124 1309 9680 42 J E 3 Contents R amp S FSQ K110 4 Remote Control iii A 125 Descrpion of CORMUMIAINGS eivnin ii 125 o arcadia Mtoe A RA 125 ABORT SUDSYSICIMN it ia 127 CALCIO SUS YS CIT secs sac ss o aaan 128 CALCulate BURSt UDS SM dla 128 CALCulate MARKer Subsystem ccccccceececceecceeeeceseceueeceaeeseeesenecegeeecaeesaaeesaeessueessenssaseess 129 CALCulate LIMit SubsysteM siririca onaniaa aiaa aaa a a a A a R a A 132 CoOnmiqure SUBS YSE sanae a A de 141 DISP lay Subsystem ii ia 148 FETCH SUDSYSICIN ca cat nee ee o a A 153 FORMA DUDS SANO aio dica 167 INITiate SUS Sissi iii idilio 168 INPUT SU YSIN ha less aicOs 169 INS FUMCATSUDSY SM a a dde 172 SENSE UDS Siesta eddie 173 STATUS SUBS SM ind 177 ace Subs VS Clair rs l
36. MOQUIAtiON merice serete ciane ian reih 79 FRASO ENON idilio 47 PHOT TICA Dina tocas 80 POWCE VS TITO ot T 38 A Catt tautad abut acaus ta A eueueedi aetins 32 PO E een att ce lp sence cece A ate ot 83 Q QUICK Sarli 11 R Results SUN Va 63 ROKOV A ata nO e N causes 24 1300 7462 42 202 S SAVE Recall ayes lc a hie ihe ous 31 Screen Full 93 Split 93 Settings Demod 78 General 66 Show 2nd EVM based ON occcooccccccccnccoccccccononooccnnonanonnononos 80 Signal Level Baseband ocoooocccooccccoconoonococcononnonanoonononos 69 SIONES REL A Aid 68 NA eam dsewieeted oreacaans 67 79 OMB ON 19 ACP MODULATION 51 ACP TRANS LOWER 55 ACP TRANS UPPER 53 BIT STREAM 62 CARRIER SELECTION 60 CONSTELL 59 CONSTELL VS CARRIER ccccsseeecsssseecnneessasseenaes 60 CONSTELL VS SYMBOL von olaa lada 59 DEMOD SETTINGS 78 EVM vs Carrier 43 EVM vs Symbol 40 FILE MANAGER 88 FLATNESS 56 GENERAL SETTINGS 66 MARKER1 90 MKR gt TRACE 92 PEAK 92 PRINT SCREEN 32 PRINT TABLE 32 PRINT TRACE 32 RECALL 86 RESTORE DEFAULTS 65 SAVE 85 Spectrum FFT 49 STARTUP RECALL 87 SYMBOLS TO PLOT 60 Y AXIS DIV 42 44 46 48 SPECHUM FFE Torea E nd coa 49 83 Starting the application occoocccoccccocccconncconncnononono 10 A aS 30 AA A 94 a EE 74 SVMDOIS 10 PIE ti ee 60 T PE BAF ninia a E 30 TACO Selecto mua I OS 89 Trigger Level Baseband ooocooconicccoccnccoconccoocononoononannnnnns 73 Tagger Leve RE
37. Measure from the time T1 slot or sub slot start until the end of the slot or sub slot time T sotena T 1 slotend gt PVE P pvr Orv dt Formula 76 R L oiera TI t T The Min Max Avg Current statistic for PYT so is done according to chapter Arithmetic averaging on page 123 1309 9680 42 120 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements in Detail All statistics of PVT can be converted to unit dBm slot PVT PVT moran 10 lo 210 d Mu Formula 77 lmWw Different statistics of PV1 y are shown as e Result B in the Summary Table of the PVT measurement please refer to Fig 53 e SCPI FETC BURS PVTT SLOT Power vz Time Summary Table Reference Power 5 26 5 92 Er ma Slot Power 403 5 6 De Power before Burst 40 57 46 25 45 12 47 49 dBm Relative to Ret Power 54 50 54 15 53 76 Safe Fower after Burst 49 01 46 60 46 60 45 17 dEr Relative to Ref Power 54 50 54 52 54 27 53 67 Trigger to Syne ar 060 mz 3 0 slots 13 0 symbols Fig 53 Summary Table of measurement Power versus Time Table 13 Description of the Summary Table of the measurement Power versus Time This is the Reference Power c f ReferenceP OWer in Formula 50 of a slot This result is fetched from the demodulator In contrast to result B this value is Calculated by demodulation i e more estimations and compensations done separately for each subcarrier Calculated using only sync and pil
38. POWer AUTO lt Boolean gt This command specifies whether or not an automatic power trigger level calculation is performed before each main measurement The setting of this command is ignored if the setting for TRIGger SEQuence MODE is not POWer Currently not available yet Example TRIG LEV POW AUTO 1 Specifies that an automatic power trigger level calculation should be performed before the start of each main measurement Characteristics RST value TRUE SCPI device specific TRIGger SEQuence HOLDoff lt numeric value gt This command sets the length of the trigger delay in seconds Allowed range is 0 to 100 seconds The slot value is automatically updated See TRIGger SEQuence HOLDoff SLOT Example TRIG HOLD 50003 The R amp S FS K110 option uses a delay period of 500us after the trigger condition has been met Characteristics RST value Os SCPI Conforming TRIGger SEQuence HOLDoff SLOT lt numeric value gt This remote control command is used to specify the trigger delay period in TEDS slot duration units Allowed range is 11 to 3000 TEDS slot duration units The time value is automatically updated See TRIiGger SEQuence HOLDoff Example TRIG HOLD SLOT 5 The TEDS option uses a delay period of 5 slots after the trigger condition has been met Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI Conforming 1309 9680 42 186 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control UNIT Subsystem The unit su
39. Qe mk el estimate 2Ofsetam A Bi E estimate 7 Amplitude Droop dm ee a Ror amu tty modulation __________ Quadrature error q m gt Pilots amp i Pilots amp g errors DO O Gain imbalance g m y Syncs 4 ncs Sy 5 lt C D Qp m k 5 Symbol Ideal ERS Pilots amp decision modulator Syncs Payload and Header Symbols S m k p To bitstream measurement Subcarrier based signal processing demodulator All IQ symbols in the subcarrier k are multiplied with the same complex valued constant Cy Cx is calculated as the best fit after comparing the received sync and pilot symbols and their ideal positions This is a coarse phase and magnitude compensation Please refer to the standard 2 Only in the path leading to the symbol decision a 2 dimensional channel estimation and compensation is done to avoid wrong symbol decisions All sync and pilot symbols in all subcarriers are used for the 2 dimensional channel estimation Symbol decision of all payload and header symbols in this subcarrier The symbol values are delivered to the bitstream measurement and the ideal modulator block D For a proper working of the demodulator the signal should be good enough that the percentage of wrong decisions is low Note No kind of channel coding is done in the application The ideal IQ signal for this subcarrier is generated This is possible because e The ideal sync and pilot sym
40. RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A ll Fig 43 Measurement submenu offering a SUPPORT softkey q HE On pressing the Support softkey a popup dialog box is displayed and the following data is stored on the instrument s hard disk path D USER SUPPORT TETRA2 e bin file option settings e iqw file 1Q data e txtfile option and version list e bmp screenshot Note Attach all the files under D USER SUPPORT TETRA2 to an email and send to info rohde schwarz com 1309 9680 42 94 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements in Detail 3 Measurements in Detail This section provides a more detailed explanation of the measurements provided by the R amp S FS K110 and provides help for using R amp S FS K110 to measure the characteristics of specific types of DUT Signal Processing Abbreviations Aa m decision directed estimated scaling error for subcarrier m Af m decision directed estimated frequency error for subcarrier m Miasan estimated mean frequency error of the whole slot Aphi m decision directed estimated phase error for subcarrier m At m decision directed estimated time delay for subcarrier m ACP t ACP trace in offset channel n at time t OV gt gt 1 d m decision directed estimated exponential amplitude decay for subcarrier m fn offset frequency for ACP channel with index n in Hz fe nominal absolute RF carrier frequency in Hz fse m nominal frequency offset of subcarrier m in Hz g m decision directed estimate f
41. S FSQ K110 Trace Subsystem The trace subsystem controls access to the R amp S FS K110 option s internal trace memory COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT TRACe lt 1 2 gt DATA TRACE1 TRACE2 TRACE3 TRACE4 Query only 1Q DATA MEMory Currently not available yet SRATe Query only TRACe DATA TRACE TRACE2 TRACES TRACE4 This command returns the measured trace data for the currently selected measurement The desired measurement window is selected with the numeric suffix of the TRACe lt 1 2 gt command where TRACe1 equals screen A and TRACe2 equals screen B The returned values are scaled in the current level units Note For analog or digital Baseband operation the trace of measurement Magnitude Capture Display is returned in Volt This command is not available while a measurement is in progress The format of the returned data is controlled with the FORMat DATA command The FORMat DATA command must be issued prior to the TRACe command Refer to page 167 for information on which formats are supported by the measurement ASCII format FORMat ASCIi In ASCII format a list of values separated by commas is returned Comma Separated Values CSV The number of trace values returned for each measurement is shown in Table 14 The ASCII format is not as efficient for transferring large amounts of data For larger traces use one of the binary formats REAL or UINT Binary format FORMat REAL If the
42. SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A ES aa Aa A al Fig 9 Print softkey menu PRINT The PRINT SCREEN softkey prints the top header and the displayed measurement SCREEN tables and traces PRINT The PRINT TRACE softkey prints the displayed measurement traces only TRACE la PRINT The PRINT TABLE softkey prints the displayed measurement tables only TABLE F The print facility provided by R amp S FS K110 is exactly the same as that provided by the host analyzer Refer to the user manual for the spectrum analyzer for details of the print facility operation The default directory for the print output files is D R_S INSTR TEMP To close the print softkey menu and return to the main R amp S FS K110 softkey menu press the TETRA2 hotkey 1309 9680 42 32 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings 2 Measurements amp Settings This section contains a detailed description of all measurement modes settings amp results It covers the following subjects e Measurement modes e Running measurements e Measurement results e General settings e Demodulation settings e Marker settings e General hints about measurements Running measurements To start a measurement press the RUN SGL hotkey single or RUN CONT hotkey continuous A single measurement RUN SGL will complete once the requested number of bursts have been obtained parameter is active or a single sweep i e one captu
43. Settings LINES y Pressing the LINES hardkey allows limits to be selected and modified External Att Trigger Offset O slots Channel Bandwidth Data Sync Pilot I Offset Gain Imbalance Quadrature Error Amplitude Droop Center Freq Error Phase Error Magnitude Error Burst Power 28 73 28 73 28 73 dBm Measurement Complete RES TORE SPECTRUM f terme auto LUL ff RUN scL f sun cont f REFRESH screen a Loe Fig 29 Editing Limit Values For the EVM selection see below separate limits are kept for each type of EVM selection All Data Sync Pilot Data Header Data Sync Pilot RESTORE DEFAULTS 1309 9680 42 Pressing the RESTORE DEFAUL TS softey resets all limits that are currently active which might depend on the set channel bandwidth or other parameters to default values For reset of all limits please use the PRESET hardkey 65 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 General Settings This section describes the General Settings view where all settings related to the overall measurement can be modified GENERAL The GENERAL SETTINGS softkey displays the General Settings view SETTINGS A 30 dem General Settings Signal Characteristics 20 GHz ee Run igqger Offset O slots Auto Step 100 kHz Slot Type Control Uplink CUB DEHOD Channel Bandwidth 100 kHz 32 carr Cde SETTINGS Level Settings Signal Level RFI Auto Leve
44. Synchronization Entry of Option The following example shows how to synchronize entering the R amp S FS K110 option analyzers 20 Instrument address CALL LBWRE Canealyzers INOT OEL TETRAZ 7OPC 2 warts or trom OPC Selecting Measurements Measurements are selected using the command CONFigure BURSt lt Meas Type gt where lt Meas Type gt is as follows Table 24 Remote control commands for selecting measurements lt Meas Type gt Measurement Type SPECtrum ACPR MODulation SPECtrum ACPR TUPPer SPECtrum ACPR TLOWer The following example shows how to select a Spectrum FFT measurement REM select Spectrum FFT Measurement CALL IBWRT analyzer CONF BURS SPECtrum FFT 1309 9680 42 198 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control Running Synchronized Measurements The following examples show how measurements can be synchronized Synchronization is necessary to ensure that the measurement has completed before the measurement results and markers are requested PUBLIC SUB SweepSync REM The command INITiate IMMediate starts a single sweep if the REM command INIT CONT OFF was previously sent It should be ensured that REM the next command is only then executed when the entire sweep is REM complete CALL IBWRT analyzers INIT CONT OFF REM First possibility Use of WAI blocks until sweep is acquired CALL IBWRT analyzers INIT IMM WAI REM Second possibility Use of OPC blocks until
45. This result is considered to be the most important one for the upper adjacent channel The limit for results G and H The limit for results I and J Margin for result G M K G calculating in unit dB A positive value means passed Margin for result H N K H calculating in unit dB A positive value means passed Margin for result I M L I calculating in unit dB A positive value means passed Margin for result J N L J calculating in unit dB A positive value means passed Note that the AVG results ACP Display in the Demod Settings dialog must be switched on of Fig 51 called C G E and 1 will differ from the average trace label AV in the lower half of the measurement ACP due to Transients The numeric AVG results are calculated this way For all measured slots search the worst value of its power vs time trace during the relevant time interval Then average all those worst case values Watt Note that those worst case values can be at different positions The AVG trace is calculated this way Get the trace sample for a time t by averaging the powers Wait measured at that time t in all the slots found so far 1309 9680 42 116 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements in Detail Results of ACP due to Modulation For the signal processing please refer to Fig 47 The mean power in the ACP channel with index n during the
46. TotalRefPwr Min gt lt TotalRefPwr AVG gt lt TotalRefPwr StdDev gt lt TotalRefPwr Max gt lt AvgSCRefPwr Min gt lt AvgSCRefPwr AVG gt lt AvgSCRefPwr StdDev gt lt AvgSCRefPwr Max gt lt RefPwrDev Min gt lt RefPwrDev AVG gt lt RefPwrDev StdDev gt lt RefPwrDev Max gt lt RefPwrDev Limit gt lt MinRefPwrDev CarrierNo gt lt MaxRefPwrDev CarrierNo gt lt PilotPwrDev Min gt lt PilotPwrDev AVG gt lt PilotPwrDev StdDev gt lt PilotPwrDev Max gt lt PilotPwr Dev Limit gt lt MinPilotPwrDev CarrierNo MinPilotPwrDev SymbolNo gt lt MaxPilotPwrDev CarrierNo MaxPilotPwrDev SymbolNo gt Units are the same as in the Summary Table FETCh BURSt SUMTable ALL This command returns the results from the R amp S FS K110 Summary Table measurement Data will only be returned if the Summary Table measurement type was previously selected See CONF BURS SUMT The results are returned as a list of strings separated by a comma in the following ASCII format lt min EVM all symbols gt lt average EVM all symbols gt lt max EVM all symbols gt lt min EVM data sync pilot gt lt average EVM data sync pilot gt lt max EVM data sync pilot gt lt min EVM data header gt lt average EVM data header gt lt max EVM data header gt lt min EVM data gt lt average EVM data gt lt max EVM data gt lt min EVM sync pilot gt lt average EVM sync pilot gt lt max EVM sync pilot gt lt min
47. USA 1 410 910 7800 opt 2 Fax 1 410 910 7801 E mail CustomerSupport rohde schwarz com Monday to Friday except Singaporean public holidays 8 30 AM 6 00 PM Singapore Time SGT Tel 65 6 513 0488 Fax 65 6 846 1090 E mail CustomerSupport rohde schwarz com Monday to Friday except German public holidays 08 00 17 00 Central European Time CET Tel 49 89 4129 13774 Fax 49 0 89 41 29 637 78 E mail CustomerSupport rohde schwarz com ROHDE amp SCHWARZ R amp S FSQ K110 Contents Contents 1 General Norma lO Mica on 7 Introduction to R amp S FS K110 TETRA2 Measurement cccccccccssecssscesseseseeesseeseseessseecseessseesseeesseeesaeessaes 8 PP aa a a ea aE 9 A A NON 10 EXIUINg ING APDICAMON riesana a A EE EE a aA A AEEA 10 Quick Stan GU Ereren eect E O 11 Setting Up the Measurement cccccccseeccseeeceeceseeccaeeceeeeceeecsuseesaeesueessusesaeeteeessaeesceesseaeenas 11 Performing the main MeasureMent occconcncnccncccnnconncconnnnnnnonononanonnnnnonnnnnnanonannnennnenannnnanenananenanes 12 TTOUDIE SAOOINA UNS ii id A A EA A ARE 13 In case no slots or not all slots are fOUNO occcoccccoccncccnccccnnonnnonononacononnnnnnnnonaronannnnnononanonanos 13 In case that slots are found but the EVM is Dad ooccoccnccccncccncocononocononcnnncononanonannnnonononanenanos 15 DIOL SCAG detal 16 ENEE p aE T T AET E E aera a Glee 17 PO OV S E E ecw sen Gece meee 17 DONKEYS eiu E A a A 19 p a a a a
48. Y Axis Auto Scaling Y Center Y Span Auto Scaling specifies whether the Y Axis scale should be set manually or calculated automatically MET When the Auto Scaling parameter is switched OFF then the setting of 10 00 the Y Center and Y Span settings are used to calculate the Y Axis scale Remote DISP WIND2 TRAC Y SCAL ESYM AUTO Unit EVM vs Symbol Y Axis Auto Scaling DS a Y center 30 90 Y Span 10 00 1309 9680 42 Unit specifies whether the EVM results will displayed in dB or percent Remote DISP WIND2 TRAC Y SCAL ESYM UNIT 42 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Y Center EVM vs Symbol Y Axis Y Center specifies the center mid range of the Y Axis when Auto Auto Scaling Scaling is switched OFF Unit de Remote DISP WIND2 TRAC Y SCAL ESYM CENT Y Center Y Span 10 00 Y Span EVM vs Symbol Y Axis Y Span specifies the span range of the Y Axis when Auto Scaling is Auto Scaling switched OFF Unit dB ada 30 90 Remote DISP WIND2 TRAC Y SCAL ESYM SPAN EVM vs Carrier EVM VS The EVM vs Carrier measurement results are selected by pressing the EVM softkey CARRIER in the main measurement softkey menu followed by the EVM vs CARRIER softkey Remote CONF BURS EVM ECAR IMM External Att GENERAL Trigger Offset SETTINGS Channel Bandwidth Number of Samples 13770 Capture Time li DEMOD Ref 20 dBm Att Mech Att Elec 5 00 0 00 dB Slots 102 of
49. You do not have to restart the measurement with the changed settings e which traces are calculated internally or shown l e the number of traces shown in the ACP due to Transients measurement is independent of this switch 1309 9680 42 82 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Measurement Time Settings Many measurements of the R amp S FS K110 application rely on IQ data that was exactly cut out of the raw IQ data around every found slot The exact slot timing is known for each slot because each slot was demodulated The Measurement Time settings specify these periods to cut out for the various measurements i e the gating settings Auto Measurement Time Auto ACP due to Transients PT Spectrum FFT e 6 sym fsubislot 6 sym E sym subjslot 6 sym 6 aym subslot 6 sym ACP due to Transients Measurement Time Auto ACP due to Transients PT Spectrum FFT PVT Measurement Time Auto ACP due to Transients PWT Spectrum FFT Spectrum FFT Measurement Time Auto ACP due to Transients PT Spectrum FFT 1309 9680 42 e E sym subjslot 6 sym E aym subslot 6 sym Bsym subjslot amp sym E sym subjslot 6 sym E sym subjslot 6 sym 6 aym subjslot amp sym e Beym subslot 6 sym E sym subjslot 6 sym 6 sym subislot 6 sym The setting Auto is currently not yet available This means all times are set to reasonable values or as standard 1
50. a Aoin 19 OHer SONKO VS canna a nis occiso asi pic 20 MAOK OVS anaa a nace tnubcoaliea inoue AT altel seuitiehsh 21 Extena ISO OO add 22 A a o A 23 SCIECING ce Editing Parameters occitano tii dio iio 23 A A A A A 23 A e ETS e RO oo naar eet ue anata 24 o A 24 Selection of a parameter within a settings ViIeW ooccccocccccccncocnconnnnnncnononononnnonacnnannnnns 25 ENtTyof a numero Vale notas roo sales 26 Entry of an enumerated Value oooccccocccocnccconoconnconononcnnonanonanononnnonnnnonanonannnnnnnnnnnnos 28 ENT O CASCADA a sais 29 Status Bar Mie Dallas 30 Me Bassi dci sd sata deta one editen cidade 30 AS A e e A 30 o O OT 31 ING PC A Anno A Mua e ence MMe rade e a Glaeder a eae ena 32 2 Measurements amp SCUUINGS vor id 33 RUNNING TVS AS ESTAS IVS esr cece E A AA ca ieee duit AAA edie 33 Measurement settings SUMIMAL cccsssccsssscecsscesseeessseecseseesesseesseeeessaceesaceuseneeceseeueseeesseeesseneessareessasenssaes 34 R amp S FS K110 Measurement Results ooooccccoccccocnnoconoonnnnononcononnonononnnnonnnononcnarnnnnn nono nranncnnnncarnnrnrnnnananns 35 Measurement Men s on ta dee dedo tc 35 Magnitude Capture Display Available From Multiple Measurements ooccoocccocncocccconcos 36 POWeryus Me PVD as 38 EVM VS O a eos 40 1309 9680 42 3 E 3 Contents R amp S FSQ K110 EVM VS ali ro ati 43 Mc a e E o OO 45 A A A eae 47 no 8121641 0 0 gel eee rare et tet A 49 AG IMI
51. are shown as slot percent e The 2 rows called Gain Imbalance in the Summary Table measurement e SCPI FETC BURS SUMT GIMB 1309 9680 42 107 E 3 Measurements in Detail R amp S FSQ K110 IQ Offset IQ Offset is also called IQ Origin Offset and relates to carrier leakage in the subcarriers The IQ Offset of a single subcarrier m is c m cf Fig 45 which is an estimate of the two parameters c m and c m in the transmitter cf Fig 46 The IQ Offset of a subcarrier m is a positive value and ideally 0 m j c mf IqOffset m Formula 37 C pow The IQ Offset of the whole slot is calculated as 1 M 1 1qOffset oi r gt IqOffset m Formula 38 m 0 The Min Max Avg Current statistic for IqOffset is done according to chapter Arithmetic averaging on page 123 All statistics of gOffset can be converted to unit dB slot IqOffSet soap 10 logl O 19Offset Formula 39 Different statistics of JgOffse are shown as lot dB e The row called IQ Offset in the Summary Table measurement e SCPI FETC BURS SUMT IQOF Quadrature Error The Quadrature Error of a subcarrier m is q m cf Fig 45 which is an estimate of the quadrature error w m in the transmitter cf 2 The Quadrature Error in rad of subcarrier m is a positive or negative number and ideally 0 QuadraturE rror m q m Formula 40 The Quadrature Error of the whole slot is calculated as 1 M 1
52. between IQ e m k and IQmeas M k e Parameters the user has set 1309 9680 42 98 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements in Detail Transmitter distortion model Fig 46 shows the transmitter and distortion model assumed by the measurement demodulator of the R amp S FS K110 The error parameters and signals are described in Table 3 below symbols v m c m l sees iS ms Subcarrier M 2 v 5 3 sme 5 no Q z a 5 SL aa 8 F a Channel l LS exp d m iT m 7 queno h t oO 8 p translation gt x 3 oo ko o o L filter gt x J a a Carrier Exp j 2nt fs m Af m Frequency felllfnean Subcarrier pilot valm calm Subcarrier M 2 symbols Exp j w m a Fig 46 Transmitter distortion model for one subcarrier m Table 3 Distortion parameters of transmitter v m va m vi m v m Gains of and Q path of subcarrier m ci m ca m ci m c m O Carrier leakage in and Q path of subcarrier m Quadrature error of subcarrier m d m d m 0 Exponential amplitude droop of subcarrier m Can vary from subcarrier to subcarrier in the case of a channel varying over time Af m Af m small frequency error of subcarrier m relative to its nominal subcarrier offset frequency Pate Frequency error of the whole signal relative to the nominal carrier frequency fe n t n t Thermal noise Systematic errors not covered by the model are also considered as noise by the demodulation routines
53. between the individual values for the parameter e During numeric entry the parameter is incremented by turning clockwise or decremented by turning counter clockwise at a defined step size depending on the parameter e In setting views and pop up dialogs pressing the rollkey invokes the input of parameters or immediately sets the new value i e pressing the rollkey is like pressing the ENTER key e In drop down menus pressing the rollkey selects the relevant item Cursor Keys The keys lt a and gt are used to e Navigate between individual parameters within the setting views and some of the pop up dialogs e Navigate between the individual values within drop down menus e Move the cursor left amp right inside the entry window to reach a particular position in the string during alphanumeric entry The keys a and 9 are used to e Navigate between individual parameters within the setting views and some of the pop up dialogs e Navigate between the individual items within drop down menus e Increment or decrement the value of a parameter during numeric entry 1309 9680 42 24 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 General Information Selection of a parameter within a settings view Selection using rollkey gt Press GENERAL SETTINGS softkey for example General settings view is displayed gt Rotate the rollkey until reaching the required parameter Turning the rollkey cl
54. by the application The filters output are then cut and aligned to the found slots positions No special signal processing is done for the TX channel Instead the Reference power please refer to Formula 50 is fetched from the demodulator The ACP measurements use sample rates much higher than the symbol rate of 2400 Hz therefore the input signal is considered quasi time continuous for some formulas although it is sampled of course Please refer to chapter Results of ACP due to Transients on page 114 or Results of ACP due to Modulation on page 117 for details about the ACP results PVT signal processing Fig 48 shows the signal processing specific to measurement Power Versus Time For the input signal Qpvr t please refer to Fig 44 Get slot s Reference Power from demodulator PVT ye evaluation Cut time amp lQpyr t ranges ai Crest Factor p p Slot information Fig 48 PVT signal processing The input signal Qpyr t is already low pass filtered and frequency compensated The measurement only needs to cut out the necessary time periods relative to the found slot and to feed them into the PVT evaluation block The Reference Power is fetched from the demodulator please refer to Formula 50 The PVT measurement uses sample rates much higher than the symbol rate of 2400 Hz Therefore the input signal is considered quasi time continuous for some form
55. channels Only the TX channel can pass The output signal IQpy7 t is fed into the PVT measurement and into the filter bank 1309 9680 42 96 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Block J Measurements in Detail A filter bank separates the N subcarriers the signal consists of Each subcarrier is filtered with a Root Raised Cosine filter with a roll off of 0 2 This removes the Inter Symbol Interference between the symbols in the same subcarrier But as the RRC transmit and receive filters are wider than the subcarrier spacing the filter bank cannot completely remove Inter Carrier Interference The signal is down sampled at the symbol instants All subcarrier signals I Qs p m k are fed to the demodulator Subcarrier based signal processing Fig 45 shows that part of the application s signal processing specific for a single subcarrier The application has M identical paths like this one for each subcarrier For the input signal IQ m k please refer to Fig 44 IQ up M k Fig 45 Block A Block B Block C Block D Comp IQ Offset Comp Amp Droop Pilot Tracking A F cF HY iy J Initial amplitude Compensate Bis Compensate gt Compensate E ba lQueas M k d ph a phase frequency IQ offset amp droop instant k ana pnase scaling and time with W k correction A Ad dd i A A iS e E E cs ss amp
56. da arlo En la documentaci n del producto se emplea de forma sin nima el t rmino CUIDADO Las palabras de se al corresponden a la definici n habitual para aplicaciones civiles en el rea econ mica europea Pueden existir definiciones diferentes a esta definici n en otras reas econ micas o en aplicaciones militares Por eso se deber tener en cuenta que las palabras de se al aqu descritas sean utilizadas siempre solamente en combinaci n con la correspondiente documentaci n del producto y solamente en combinaci n con el producto correspondiente La utilizaci n de las palabras de se al en combinaci n con productos o documentaciones que no les correspondan puede llevar a interpretaciones equivocadas y tener por consecuencia da os en personas u objetos Estados operativos y posiciones de funcionamiento El producto solamente debe ser utilizado seg n lo indicado por el fabricante respecto a los estados operativos y posiciones de funcionamiento sin que se obstruya la ventilaci n Si no se siguen las indicaciones del fabricante pueden producirse choques el ctricos incendios y o lesiones graves con posible consecuencia de muerte En todos los trabajos deber n ser tenidas en cuenta las normas nacionales y locales de seguridad del trabajo y de prevenci n de accidentes 1 Sino se convino de otra manera es para los productos Rohde amp Schwarz v lido lo que sigue como posici n de funcionamiento se define por principio la posici
57. deber colocar el interruptor en el nivel de la instalaci n No utilice nunca el producto si est da ado el cable de conexi n a red Compruebe regularmente el correcto estado de los cables de conexi n a red Aseg rese mediante las medidas de protecci n y de instalaci n adecuadas de que el cable de conexi n a red no pueda ser da ado o de que nadie pueda ser da ado por l p ej al tropezar o por un choque el ctrico Solamente est permitido el funcionamiento en redes de alimentaci n TN TT aseguradas con fusibles de 16 A como m ximo utilizaci n de fusibles de mayor amperaje solo previa consulta con el grupo de empresas Rohde amp Schwarz Nunca conecte el enchufe en tomas de corriente sucias o llenas de polvo Introduzca el enchufe por completo y fuertemente en la toma de corriente La no observaci n de estas medidas puede provocar chispas fuego y o lesiones No sobrecargue las tomas de corriente los cables alargadores o las regletas de enchufe ya que esto podr a causar fuego o choques el ctricos En las mediciones en circuitos de corriente con una tensi n Ue gt 30 V se deber n tomar las medidas apropiadas para impedir cualquier peligro p ej medios de medici n adecuados seguros limitaci n de tensi n corte protector aislamiento etc Para la conexi n con dispositivos inform ticos como un PC o un ordenador industrial debe comprobarse que stos cumplan los est ndares IEC60950 1 EN60950 1 o IEC61010 1
58. eee te ei eee 73 FRIO Mode iii uate bebe E iran 12 TIO OOP OSCE se tea a cae lia 72 W Warnings Error Messages ooococcoconccooconnnoonccoornonnannnos 200 E 3
59. etc The SCREEN A B hotkey selects the specified screen as the active screen This is e g important to do before operating markers In full screen mode cf hotkey DISP pressing the SCREEN A B hotkey will display the specified screen After Pressing the SCREEN A B hotkey the label displayed in the hotkey is changed e g after pressing the SCREEN A hotkey the label of the hotkey is changed to SCREEN B The label indicates which screen will become the active screen after the hotkey is pressed 18 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 General Information Softkeys Settings Softkeys The softkeys are assigned to the nine keys on the right hand side of the display These enable quick access to all of the parameter settings and measurement screens of the R amp S FS K110 option Each of the top two softkeys when pressed displays a settings view for a group of parameters These softkeys are always available except when using Save Recall and Print manager or controlling markers and are as follows General Settings Signal Characteristics Level Settings Data Capture Settings Trigger Settings IQ SSUES Settings Input Settings and only if the necessary HW options are installed Advanced Settings Please refer to page 66 aT Demod Settings Demodulator Settings EVM Settings ACP Settings Measurement Time Settings SETTINGS Please refer to page 78 Sart Display List Graph E Display a summary list of modulation errors or graphical
60. input 1309 9680 42 13 E 3 General Information R amp S FSQ K110 ES Digital va Output Settings Ja E Hint for usage of digital Baseband inputs This R amp S SMU screenshot shows one possible configuration for the scenario that an R amp S SMU vector signal generator with digital Baseband output installed is User Defined z directly connected to an analyzer with digital Baseband input installed running the R amp S FS K110 SST e Connect the devices using the digital Baseband Set Level Via PEP cable and the correct sockets as described above e Switch digital Baseband output of R amp S SMU on in 0 00 aBFS the overview diagram the block is labelled Level 6 38 BFS AWGN IMP e Switch R amp S FS K110 parameter nput to Q digital dialog general settings e Set R amp S SMU parameter Source to User Defined e Set R amp S FS K110 parameter Digital Input Sample Rate to let s say 2 MHz large enough for TEDS signals e Set R amp S SMU parameter Value exactly the same as the R amp S FS K110 parameter Digital Input Sampling Rate e Press Run Single hotkey of R amp S FS K110 Sample Rate 1309 9680 42 14 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 General Information In case that slots are found but the EVM is bad Correct payload symbol QAM type set Check using the measurement Constellation vs Symbols and Symbols to plot set to Data Signal level set too high or much too low Check using the measuremen
61. intense concentration Make sure that persons who use the products are physically mentally and emotionally fit enough to do so otherwise injuries or material damage may occur It is the responsibility of the employer operator to select suitable personnel for operating the products Before you move or transport the product read and observe the section titled Transport As with all industrially manufactured goods the use of substances that induce an allergic reaction allergens such as nickel cannot be generally excluded If you develop an allergic reaction Such as a skin rash frequent sneezing red eyes or respiratory difficulties when using a Rohde amp Schwarz product consult a physician immediately to determine the cause and to prevent health problems or stress Before you start processing the product mechanically and or thermally or before you take it apart be sure to read and pay special attention to the section titled Waste disposal item 1 Depending on the function certain products such as RF radio equipment can produce an elevated level of electromagnetic radiation Considering that unborn babies require increased protection pregnant women must be protected by appropriate measures Persons with pacemakers may also be exposed to risks from electromagnetic radiation The employer operator must evaluate workplaces where there is a special risk of exposure to radiation and if necessary take measures to avert the potential dan
62. los productos no est n impermeabilizados ver tambi n el cap tulo Estados operativos y posiciones de funcionamiento punto 1 Por eso es necesario tomar las medidas necesarias para evitar la entrada de l quidos En caso contrario existe peligro de choque el ctrico para el usuario o de da os en el producto que tambi n pueden redundar en peligro para las personas No utilice el producto en condiciones en las que pueda producirse o ya se hayan producido condensaciones sobre el producto o en el interior de ste como p ej al desplazarlo de un lugar fr o a otro caliente La entrada de agua aumenta el riesgo de choque el ctrico Antes de la limpieza desconecte por completo el producto de la alimentaci n de tensi n p ej red de alimentaci n o bater a Realice la limpieza de los aparatos con un pa o suave que no se deshilache No utilice bajo ning n concepto productos de limpieza qu micos como alcohol acetona o diluyentes para lacas nitrocelul sicas Funcionamiento 1 2 3 4 El uso del producto requiere instrucciones especiales y una alta concentraci n durante el manejo Debe asegurarse que las personas que manejen el producto est n a la altura de los requerimientos necesarios en cuanto a aptitudes f sicas ps quicas y emocionales ya que de otra manera no se pueden excluir lesiones o da os de objetos El empresario u operador es responsable de seleccionar el personal usuario apto para el manejo del producto
63. main measurement softkey menu Remote CONF BURS PVT IMM Signal Level 20 dim External Att GENERAL Trigger Mode Free Run Trigger Offset SETTINGS Channel Bandwidth E E a am _ SETTINGS Power before Burst 60 49 60 17 59 79 50 95 dam DISPLAY Relative to Ref Power 36 3 bb a dB LIST 3122 ST an ae aS Power atter Burst Relative to Ret Power Z syumbediy fi symb Measurement Complete SUPPORT SPECTRUM f terna AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A firs Fig 13 PVT Result This measurement is designed for single bursts gaps before and after each slot and therefore makes no sense for NDB slots Nevertheless the measurement allows NDB slots For detailed information about the results please refer to chapter Results of Power versus Time on page 118 The signal around every found slot slot or sub slot duration plus 6 symbol durations before and after is first compensated for its frequency error and then filtered by a quasi rectangular low pass filter with a bandwidth of 25 KHz 50 KHz 100 KHz 150 KHz depending on the set channel bandwidth The filters output can be exactly aligned to the slot s timing because the application knows the symbol instants after demodulation The lower half of the diagram shows the power versus time traces The vertical lines show the symbol instants S1 x axis is O there and 14 or S31 or S34 i e the first and last symbols Ot
64. mboi K is done according to chapter RMS All statistics of MagError k 100 MagError Yy bor K can be converted to unit percent MagErro mpo LK Formula 10 symbol percent Different statistics of MagErro k are shown as r symbol percent e Traces of measurement Magnitude Error vs Symbol e SCPI CONF BURS MAGN IMM then fetch some traces The RMS Magnitude Error of the whole slot is using Formula 9 SN max gt MagError moi k Formula 11 k l The Min Max Avg Current statistic for MagkError is done according to chapter RMS averaging on page 122 All statistics of Magkrror can be converted to unit percent MagError 100 MagError Formula 12 lot percent Different statistics of MagError are shown as lot percent e The row called Magnitude Error in the Summary Table measurement e SCPI FETC BURS SUMT MAG 1309 9680 42 102 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements in Detail Error Vector Magnitude The Error Vector Magnitude at a certain symbol position k in subcarrier m is LO ney m k a LQ veas m k Onn m k EVM m k C iag C Mae Formula 13 The RMS Error Vector Magnitude at a certain symbol instant k averaged over all M subcarriers is using Formula 13 EVM impor K Formula 14 The Min Max Avg Current statistic for EVM snvo K is done according to chapter RMS averaging on page 122 All statistics of EVM
65. nevertheless show correct power results All displayed power level results will be shifted by this value Exception The Reference Level and Signal Level ignore the external attenuation value It is important to know the actual power level the instrument s HW must bear When using the digital Baseband input the Ext Att parameter is disabled and ignored The parameter Full Scale Level can be used to describe the scaling of the signal Remote CONF EXT ATT DISP WIND TRAC Y RLEV OFFS 1309 9680 42 70 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Data Capture Settings The Data Capture settings specify how much data is to be captured Capture Time Data Capture Settings Capture Time specifies the time and therefore the amount Capture Time CI cts of data to be captured in each capture buffer ai ait The Capture Time can be specified in TEDS full time slots or seconds Note that the Magnitude Capture Display shows this time duration and the slot search algorithm searches slots in it Use the Magnitude Capture Display to check if there are at least some slots present in every sweep Increase the Capture Time if no slots are found at all or slots are not found in any sweep Possible reason The slot search algorithm needs some extra time before and after a slot to accept it So for very short Capture Times it is e unlikely that a slot is in the buffer e AND additionally in the middle of the short buffer A maximum of
66. or 2 specify Setting the Measurement time for ACP due to Transients is currently not yet available This means the time duration of the trace is fixed to the slot or subslot duration plus 6 symbol durations before and after that Setting the Measurement time for PVT is currently not yet available This means the time duration of the PVT trace is fixed to the slot or subslot duration plus 6 symbol durations before and after that Setting the Measurement time for Spectrum FFT is currently not yet available This means the gating time for cutting out the FFT input data is fixed to the slot or subslot duration plus 6 symbol durations before and after that Exception If no slot at all is found in the capture buffer the whole capture buffer is processed by the FFT to give a trouble shooting help The statistic of the Spectrum FFT measurement average trace ignores this special kind of result 83 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 File Manager This section of the user manual describes the File Manager which provides the possibility to save and recall R amp S FS K110 settings during a measurement session as well as providing some general file management support The File Manager display is shown below only the softkeys on the very right side are relevant FILE The FILE hardkey the File Manager softkey menu Signal Level 30 dem External Att Free Fun Trigger Offset Channel Bandwidth Captur
67. over loaded IFOVL will be displayed during this condition 3 to 15 These bits are not used 1309 9680 42 196 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control STATus QUEStionable SYNC Register This register contains signal processing related information about bursts and about pre measurement conditions exceeding or falling short of expected values The bits can be queried with commands STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition STATUS QUEStionable SYNC EVENt Table 23 Register STATus QUEStionable SYNC No capture data No bursts found Burst count too small This bit is set if a demodulation measurement is performed and there are not enough bursts detected to satisfy the Number of Slots to Analyze This parameter is set with SENSe BURSt COUNt command f Error Reporting Error reporting for the K110 option is carried out using the Service Request SRQ interrupt in the GPIB interface When an error occurs a Service Request interrupt will be generated The master can then query the slave instrument for the error that triggered the interrupt Errors are queried through the SYSTem ERRor command 1309 9680 42 197 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 6 Remote Control Programming Examples The following section provides some examples of commonly performed operations when using R amp S FS K110 For more general remote control examples please refer to the programming examples chapter in the instrument user manual
68. perform any measurement but is required before fetching measurement results or handling markers for this measurement Example CONF BURS EVM ESYM Switch to the EVM versus Symbol measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CONFigure BURSt EVM ESYMbol UNIT lt DB PCT gt This remote control command specifies the units for the EVM versus Symbol measurement After this command has been executed the newly specified units are available immediately for fetching results DB EVM versus Symbol measurement results will be returned in dB PCT EVM versus Symbol measurement results will be returned in percent Example CONF BURS EVM ESYM UNIT PCT Configured to return the EVM vs Symbol measurement results in percent units Characteristics RST value PCT SCPI device specific CONFigure BURSt MAGNitude IMMediate Switch to the Magnitude Error Versus Symbol measurement This command does not perform any measurement but is required before fetching measurement results or handling markers for this measurement Example CONF BURS MAGN Switch to the Magnitude Error versus Symbol measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CONFigure BURSt PHASe IMMediate Switch to the Phase Error versus Symbol measurement This command does not perform any measurement but is required before fetching measurement results or handling markers for this measurem
69. power for the lower channel from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt ACPTrans CHAN lt O 6 gt BANDwidth This command returns the filter bandwidth symbol rate in KHz used to design the filter for the given offset channel Example FETC BURS ACPT CHAN4 BAND The used filter bandwidth for the upper channel from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt ACPTrans CHAN lt O 6 gt DELLimit CURRent FETCh BURSt ACPTrans CHAN lt O 6 gt DELLimit MAXimum FETCh BURSt ACPTrans CHAN lt O 6 gt DELLimit AVERage This command returns the measured current maximum and average result of the Delta to Limit value in dB Example FETC BURS ACPT CHAN3 DELL MAX The maximum calculated delta to limit power for the transmit channel from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 158 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control FETCh BURSt ACPTrans CHAN lt O 6 gt OFFSet This command returns the offset frequencies in KHz which were used in the ACP Transient measurement Example FETC BURS ACPT CHAN2 OFFS The used offset for the lower channel from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt ACPTrans CHAN lt O 6 gt RELPower CURRent FETCh BURSt A
70. results xOPC Blocks further SCPI commands until measurement is completed Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 128 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control CALCulate MARKer Subsystem The CALCulate MARKer subsystem controls the marker functions in the R amp S FS K110 option CALCulate selections are mapped to screens as follows CALCulate 1 Screen A CALCulate 2 Screen B The R amp S FS K110 option supports one marker for screen A and one for screen B Both markers may be independently switched on or off The following table holds the R amp S FS K110 marker commands COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CAL Culate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt MAX MIN STATe lt Boolean gt TRACe lt numeric_value gt XCARrier lt numeric_value gt XFRequency lt numeric_value gt XSY Mbol lt numeric_value gt XTIMe lt numeric_value gt YRESult Units based on measurement CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt MAX This command sets the selected marker to the maximum peak value in the current trace This command is valid for all measurements except Bitstream CCDF currently not yet available Constellation versus Carrier and Constellation versus Symbol Example CALC2 MARK MAX Sets marker 1 in screen B to the maximum value of the trace it is on Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt MIN This command sets the selected marker to the min
71. s input Positive values are attenuation and negative are gain Set this value when you use an external pre amplifier or an external attenuator and want the application to show correct power results Both WINDow1 or WINDow2 are accepted and apply to both screens Example DISP WIND1 TRAC Y SCAL RLEV OFFS 9 The R S FS K110 option assumes an external RF input signal gain of 9 dB Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific See CONFigure EXTernal AT Tenuation as an alternative 1309 9680 42 151 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe RLEVel RF This remote control command is used to specify the maximum average slot power you expect the signal at the Analyzer s RF input not at the analog or digital Baseband to have This is not the peak power of the signal Example DISP WINDL TRAC Y SCAL RLEV RF 9 The R amp S FS K110 option assumes a maximum slot power of 9 dBm Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific See CONFigure POWer EXPected RF as an alternative 1309 9680 42 152 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control FETCh Subsystem The FETCh subsystem contains commands for reading out results of complex measurement tasks This subsystem is closely linked to the CONFigure and SENSe subsystems COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT FETCHh BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt 0 6 gt ABSPower CURRent MAXimum AVERage BANDwidth DELLimit CURRent MAX
72. se siguen o se siguen de modo insuficiente las indicaciones en cuanto a las bater as y acumuladores o celdas pueden producirse explosiones incendios y o lesiones graves con posible consecuencia de muerte El manejo de bater as y acumuladores con electrolitos alcalinos p ej celdas de litio debe seguir el est ndar EN 62133 1 2 No deben desmontarse abrirse ni triturarse las celdas Las celdas o bater as no deben someterse a calor ni fuego Debe evitarse el almacenamiento a la luz directa del sol Las celdas y bater as deben mantenerse limpias y secas Limpiar las conexiones sucias con un pa o seco y limpio Las celdas o bater as no deben cortocircuitarse Es peligroso almacenar las celdas o bater as en estuches o cajones en cuyo interior puedan cortocircuitarse por contacto rec proco o por contacto con otros materiales conductores No deben extraerse las celdas o bater as de sus embalajes originales hasta el momento en que vayan a utilizarse Mantener bater as y celdas fuera del alcance de los ni os En caso de ingesti n de una celda o bater a avisar inmediatamente a un m dico Las celdas o bater as no deben someterse a impactos mec nicos fuertes indebidos 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 11 Informaciones elementales de seguridad 6 Encaso de falta de estanqueidad de una celda el liquido vertido no debe entrar en contacto con la piel ni los ojos Si se produce contacto lavar con agua abundante la zona afectada y av
73. see page 71 At least some slots should have been captured in the Capture Time Block B Optional swapping of the and Q part of the signal Please refer to the user parameter Swap IQ on page 74 This is useful if the and Q parts were also interchanged in the DUT Block C From the start to the end of the IQ data the application will find only that type of slots the user has specified Other types are not accepted For details about the slot search please refer to chapter Slot search details on page 16 Block D Every time a slot it detected and accepted it is cut out of the IQ data and fed into the subsequent DSP algorithms A few additional symbols before and after the slot s or sub slot s duration are automatically included because some measurements like ACP due to Transients require this Block E The mean frequency offset Afmean of the whole slot is estimated Block F The estimated mean frequency offset Afmea of the whole slot is compensated Block G The position t of the first symbol s instant is estimated using all subcarriers Block H All measurements working on the signals IQacp t and IQarcp t need to start and stop measuring at exact times relative to the slot s start or the first symbol The demodulator must also exactly know where the symbol instants are Therefore the signals are timing compensated and the important time instants are stored internally Block I A low pass filter rejects adjacent
74. softkey that is disabled because its function is not available is coloured grey without a 3D border Softkeys may become disabled because of the state of the instrument or because other settings disable the function associated with the softkey An active softkey highlighted in green is used when the softkey selects an item or view For example the DEMOD SETTINGS softkey will be highlighted green when the Demod Settings view is displayed A toggle softkey is used to change the value of a parameter that has only two states Each press of the softkey toggles the value of the parameter The current parameter value is highlighted in green in the lower half of the softkey label For example in the measurement results view the DISPLAY softkey will have either LIST or GRAPH highlighted in green depending on whether the results are currently displayed as a list of measurement points or graphical trace s When no function is assigned to a softkey then no softkey label will be shown 1309 9680 42 20 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Hardkeys General Information Hardkeys allow quick access to the desired parameter and various functions The hardkeys supported by the R amp S FS K110 option are as follows other hardkeys do nothing FREQ SPAN AMPT MKR MKR gt MKR FCTN SWEEP MEAS TRIG TRACE LINES DISP FILE PRESET HCOPY 1309 9680 42 When the FREQ hardkey is pressed the General Settings view is displayed if it i
75. subsystem configures the instrument and initiates a new measurement Based on the CONFigure CONTinuous state either a single measurement or continuous operation will occur when INI Tiate IMMediate is issued To configure the instrument to perform a particular measurement use the CONFigure BURSt command subsystem COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT INITiate IMMediate no query CONTinuous lt Boolean gt no query INITiate IMMediate This remote control command requests the R amp S FS K110 option to start a new measurement sequence If a measurement sequence is already in progress then the command will be ignored The OPC subsystem may be used to determine when a single measurement is completed Example NTE The R amp S FS K110 option will start a new measurement based on the INIT CONT mode Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming INITiate CONTinuous lt Boolean gt This command determines whether the trigger system is continuously initiated continuous or performs single measurements single Example INIT CONT OFF The R amp S FS K110 option will perform a non continuous measurement when initiated Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI conforming 1309 9680 42 168 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control INPut Subsystem The INPut subsystem controls the input path characteristics of the instrument COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT INPut ATTenuation lt numeric_value gt Cancels GAIN value DIQ lt
76. traces LIST PVT Power versus Time Measurements EVM EVM versus Symbol EVM versus Carrier Magnitude Error and Phase Error Measurements Spectrum SPECTRUM Spectrum FFT ACP Due to Modulation ACP Due to Transients Measurements Flatness I Constell case o Constellation versus Symbol and Constellation versus Carrier Measurements Statistics saris Bit Stream Measurements Fig 2 Main Softkeys Each of these groups of settings is described in detail in the Measurements amp Settings section of this manual Please also refer to for an overview of the whole softkey tree 1309 9680 42 19 E 3 General Information R amp S FSQ K110 Other Softkeys All other softkeys have different functions depending on the instrument state Therefore the labels text on the softkeys will vary to reflect their current function The state of the softkeys is indicated by different appearances and colours as follows O Softkey available normal state SOFTKEY O C Softkey active green Softkey active and dialog displayed red 0 No softkey available SOFTKEY Softkey disabled gt function not available LABEL 5 without 3D Frame SOFTKEY 3 SOFTKEY 3 SOFTKEY 8 O _ Toggle softkey current value of parameter WANI VAL2 highlighted in green Fig 3 Setup of the softkey area A softkey in its normal state where its function is available is coloured grey with a 3D border A
77. visible depending on the HW options installed in the instrument General Settings i Signal Characteristics Advanced Baseband Settings Frequency 0 Hz la Input 50 Ohm Auto Step Wa 50 kHz a Path ja Slot Type Control Uplink CUB Balanced h DEHOD 5 Channel Bandwidth 50 kHz 16 carr Low P ele ES Bl SETTINGS Dither Level Settings Digital Input Sampling Rate Full Scale Level Auto Level iv DISPLAY Ext Att O dB EXIG Box LIST ExIG Box Settings a Data Capture Settings l o Capture Time 20 slots EUM Mumber of Slots to Analyze iw 100 US SYMBOL Trigger Settings Trigger Mode Free Run EUH Trigger Offset d slotts Ext Trigger Lvl 500 mi US CARRIER Trigger Level Auto Level 20 dem 14 Settings o Swap la Input Settings PHASE Input ka Digital ERROR Y AXIS Advanced Settings Menu E DIV Min 1 02 kHz Max 80 MHZ SUPPORT SPECTRUM f teraz AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A _ Fig 31 Advanced Settings view IQ Input ps Baseband Settings IQ Input allows the selection of the impedance of the analog m er lO Baseband inputs The values that can be selected are 50 Q Balanced x and 1 kQ 1 MQ depending on the instrument configuration Ena dei The Q Input parameter is editable only and has an effect only de when analog Baseband input is selected by means of parameter Input page 74 Remote INP 10 IMP IQ Path AA IQ Path allows th
78. 0 42 164 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control FETCh BURSt SUMTable FERRor CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable FERRor AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable FERRor MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable FERRor MINimum This command returns the measured current i e of last found slot average minimum and maximum frequency error of the slots in Hz Example FETC BURS SUMT FERR MAX The maximum frequency error is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt SUMTable GIMBalance CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable GIMBalance AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable GIMBalance MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable GIMBalance MINimum This command returns the measured current i e of last found slot average minimum and maximum IQ imbalance error The units for the gain imbalance results are specified with the UNIT GIMB command Example FETC BURS SUMT GIMB MAX The maximum IQ gain imbalance error is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt SUMTable IQOFfset CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable IQOFfset AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable IQOFfset MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable IQOFfset MINimum This command returns the measured current i e of last found slot average minimum or maximum IQ Offset errors of the slots as percentage Example FETC BURS SUMT IQ0F MAX The maximum IQ Offset error from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specifi
79. 108 full TEDS slots equal to 1 53 seconds can be specified for the capture time When using the digital Baseband input For a parameter Digital Inout Sampling Rate much higher than needed for capturing a TEDS signal larger than 10 MHz depends on channel BW the analyzer might automatically reduce the maximum Capture Time that can be used Remote SENS SWE TIME SENS SWE SLOT Number of Slots to Analyze E Number of Slots to Analyze specifies the number of slots to Capture Time 30 slots be measured A maximum of 100000 can be specified Number of Slots to Analyze w 10 If the number of slots found in a single capture buffer is less then required then the application will continue capturing IQ data and measuring until the requested number of slots has been reached A RUN SGL measurement will then stop ARUN CONT measurement will then reset all results and start again Note The parameter Number of Slots to Analyze is not editable AND has no effect at all when the corresponding checkbox is set to OFF Remote SENS BURS COUN SENS BURS COUN STAT 1309 9680 42 71 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Trigger Settings The Trigger settings group contains all the settings related to the triggering of a measurement Trigger Mode Trigger Settings Power ka Trigger Offset a slot 1 Ext Trigger Lvl 500 mi Trigger Level Baseband Auto Level iv Trigger Offset Trigger Settings Trigger Mode
80. 80 42 36 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings about which slots are found or declined can be found in chapter Slot search details on page 16 Please note that slots at the very start and end of the buffer are declined because the internal signal processing needs some additional symbols before and after a slot Note that the R amp S FS K110 captures IQ data with a bandwidth much larger than the nominal set channel bandwidth As a consequence the Magnitude Capture display will show not only the power in the TX channel but also in the neighboring channels which should ideally be inactive Measurements can be run in split screen mode allowing both the Magnitude Capture Display and the selected IQ measurement results to be displayed simultaneously or in full screen mode with either the Magnitude Capture display or the selected IQ measurement results displayed The horizontal top line of the Capture Display marks that level which is called Reference Level In the above example it is 20dBm All input levels above this level may cause distortion clipping and warnings like IFOVLD or OVLD on the screen Avoid these situations by setting the parameter e Signal Level RF refer to page 68 for RF input or e Signal Level Baseband refer to page 69 for analog Baseband input correctly Exception For digital Baseband input there is no risk of overloading the analyzer s hardware The horizontal top line of Capture display
81. 9 9680 42 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt SELect This command selects whether screen A or screen B is active This command is not available for the following measurements ACP due to Modulation ACP due to Transients Upper and Lower and Power versus Time Example DISP WIND1 SEL Sets the R amp S FS K110 screen A active Characteristics RST value 1 SCPI device specific DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TABLe This command selects whether the measurement Summary Table is displayed Example DISP TABL ON Shows the results table Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 STATe lt boolean gt This command controls which traces are displayed The numeric suffix for WINDow lt 1 2 gt must be 2 as only screen B traces are supported The numeric suffix for TRACe lt 1 4 gt may be any valid trace for the current measurement Please refer to Fig 59 for TRACe parameter to screen trace mapping This command is not available for the following measurements ACP due to Modulation and Capture Memory The last visible trace cannot be disabled Fig 59 Trace Parameter to Screen Trace Mapping NA Not Available TRACe Numeric Measurements ACP Spectrum Parameter with 4 Traces Trans FFT 2 ECT m m re ea NA Example DISP WIND2 TRAC2 STAT ON switches screen B average trace on Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific DISPlay W
82. 9 9680 42 15 E 3 General Information R amp S FSQ K110 Slot search details This chapter gives some information how the application searches for TEDS slots The slot search searches in the whole captured IQ data The length is defined by parameter Capture Time page 71 The slot search only accepts and therefore the application only demodulates slots which have the selected type NDB RAB NUB CB and at the same time the selected number of carriers 8 16 32 48 please refer to parameters Slot Type on page 79 and Channel Bandwidth on page 67 Other slots are ignored with one exception 2 different slot types that use exactly the same sync and pilot symbols cannot be distinguished This is the case for RAB slots with 8 subcarriers versus CB slots with 8 subcarriers If the sync and pilot symbols of a certain slot are the same or similar as the sync and pilot symbols in the inner part of a wider slot the slot search will also accept both kind of slots This is the case for NDB with 8 subcarriers versus NDB with 16 32 or 48 subcarriers The payload symbol modulation type 4 QAM 16 QAM 64 QAM is NOT a parameter that affects the slot search It should nevertheless be set correctly because it affects the demodulation process and the measured results Even measurements that use no demodulation like Spectrum FFT might be affected indirectly because they depend on getting a reliable slot start and slot end information
83. ACPR FLAT SELect CARRier PlLot MODulation IMMediate TLOWer IMMediate TUPPer IMMediate FET IMMediate 1309 9680 42 141 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CONFigure BURSt STATistics BSTReam IMMediate CCDF IMMediate SUMTable IMMediate EXTernal ATTenuation lt numeric_value gt POWer AUTO lt Boolean gt Currently not yet available SWEep TIME lt numeric_value gt Currently not yet available EXPected RF lt numeric_value gt IQ lt numeric_value gt Analog Baseband input has its own value CONFigure BURSt CONStell CCARrier IMMediate Switch to the Constellation versus Carrier measurement This command does not perform any measurement but is required before fetching measurement results or handling markers for this measurement Example CONF BURS CONS CCAR Switch to the Constellation versus Carrier measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CONFigure BURSt CONStell CSYMbol IMMediate Switch to the Constellation versus Carrier measurement This command does not perform any measurement but is required before fetching measurement results or handling markers for this measurement Example CONF BURS CONS CSYM Switch to the Constellation versus Symbol measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 142 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control
84. AFT Bpower gt lt current BEFBpower gt lt min BEFBpower gt lt average BEF Bpower gt lt max BEFBpower gt lt current REFPower gt lt min REFPower gt lt average REFPower gt lt max REFPower gt lt current RELafterpow gt lt min RELafterpow gt lt average RELafterpow gt lt max RELafterpow gt lt current RELBeforepow gt lt min RELBeforepow gt lt average RELBeforepow gt lt max RELBeforepow gt lt current SLOTpower gt lt min SLOT power gt lt average SLOT power gt lt max SLOTpower gt lt TRIGsync gt Example FETCh BURSt PVTT ALL All R amp S FS K110 PVT measurement results are returned in the specified ASCII format Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt PVTTable AFTBpower CURRent FETCh BURSt PVTTable AFTBpower AVERage FETCh BURSt PVTTable AFTBpower MINimum FETCh BURSt PVTTable AFTBpower MAXimum For the Power versus Time measurements this command returns the measured current average minimum and maximum results for after burst power in dB The Power versus Time measurement must be selected to obtain results Example FETC BURS PVTT AFTB MAX The maximum calculated after burst power for the most recent PVT measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt PVTTable BEFBpower CURRent FETCh BURSt PVTTable BEFBpower AVERage FETCh BURSt PVTTable BEFBpower MINimum FETCh BURSt PVTTable BEFBpower MAXimum For the Power v
85. Adequately secure the product in the vehicle to prevent injuries or other damage in the event of an accident Waste disposal 1 If products or their components are mechanically and or thermally processed in a manner that goes beyond their intended use hazardous substances heavy metal dust such as lead beryllium nickel may be released For this reason the product may only be disassembled by specially trained personnel Improper disassembly may be hazardous to your health National waste disposal regulations must be observed 2 If handling the product releases hazardous substances or fuels that must be disposed of in a special way e g coolants or engine oils that must be replenished regularly the safety instructions of the manufacturer of the hazardous substances or fuels and the applicable regional waste disposal regulations must be observed Also observe the relevant safety instructions in the product documentation The improper disposal of hazardous substances or fuels can cause health problems and lead to environmental damage Informaciones elementales de seguridad Es imprescindible leer y observar las siguientes instrucciones e informaciones de seguridad El principio del grupo de empresas Rohde amp Schwarz consiste en tener nuestros productos siempre al dia con los estandares de seguridad y de ofrecer a nuestros clientes el maximo grado de seguridad Nuestros productos y todos los equipos adicionales son siempre fabricados y exami
86. Average of the Amplitude Droops measured in M subcarriers of a single slot Unit is maBm sym Please refer to Formula 30 Average of the carrier frequency offsets measured in M subcarriers of a single slot Unit is Hz Please refer to Formula 27 Average Phase Error of a single slot All kinds of symbols are used Unit is degree Please refer to Formula 7 Average Magnitude Error of a single slot All kinds of symbols are used Unit is Please refer to Formula 12 Mean power of all symbols of a single slot Do not confuse with the Reference Power shown in several other measurements Unit is dBm Please refer to Formula 48 N Relation of the maximum and the mean power during the useful part of a single slot Unit is dB Please refer to Formula 32 For more detailed information about the individual results and how the statistic is calculated for each of them please refer to the formulas specified The Min Mean Max results displayed in this table take in account all slots measured so far In Fig 28 this would be 56 slots If the user has specified a number of slots to measure in total parameter Number of Slots to Analyze on page 71 and this number requires capturing more than one buffer of IQ data then each update of the screen at the end of each sweep shows the results so far The limit values in the table of results can be modified 1309 9680 42 64 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp
87. BURS EVM ECAR UNIT DB The RMS Error Vector Magnitude of the whole slot using all kind of symbols is using Formula 14 and Formula 17 1 M 1 1 SN wax EVM 7 EM oarre M TAN S EVM estoy KY Formula 20 m 0 max k l The Min Max Avg Current statistic for EVM is done according to chapter RMS averaging on page 122 All statistics of EVM can be converted to unit percent EVM 100 EVM v Formula 21 slot percent All statistics of EVM can be converted to unit dB EVM sor ag 20 log lOCEVM Formula 22 S Different statistics of EVM slot percent and EVM n ag are shown as e The 2 rows called EVM All Symbols in the Summary Table measurement e SCPI FETC BURS SUMT EVM ALL The RMS Error Vector Magnitude of the whole slot when using only certain kinds of symbols e g only data symbols and header symbols cf parameter Show 2nd EVM based on on page 80 is calculated using Formula 13 1 M 1 EVM stot subset gt EVM m ky Formula 23 subset m 0 keQ Qin is a set containing all the symbol indices of subcarrier m where symbols of the required type s can be found L is the total amount of symbols of the specified type s in the slot subset This means In each subcarrier m the EVM of only certain symbol type s is calculated The amount of symbols used in the calculation can vary from subcarrier to subcarrier and is equal to O The Min Max Avg Current statistic
88. Ble register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the summary bit Example STAT QUES SYNC ENAB 65535 All events bits will be represented in the SYNC summary bit Characteristics RST value 65535 SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 180 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control STATus QUEStionable SYNC PTRansition 0 to 65535 This command determines what bits in the STATus QUEStionable SYNC Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the STATus QUEStionable SYNC Event register when that bit has a positive transition 0 to 1 The variable lt number gt is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that are to be enabled Example STAT QUES SYNC PTR 65535 All condition bits will be summarized in the Event register when a positive transition occurs Characteristics RST value 65535 SCPI device specific STATus QUEStionable SYNC NTRansition O to 65535 This command determines what bits in the STATus QUEStionable SYNC Condition will set the corresponding bit in the STATus QUEStionable SYNC Event register when that bit has a negative transition 1 to 0 The variable lt number gt is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that are to be enabled Example STAT QUES SYNC NTR 65535 All condition bits will be summarized in the Event register when a positive transition occurs Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 181 E 3 Remote Control R amp
89. CHAN4 RELP RES Limit check result for relative power ratio of the ACP due to Modulation measurement for offset channel 1 is returned CALC LIM BURS ACPM CHAN4 RELP MAX RES Relative power maximum limit result for the ACP Modulation measurement is returned Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific Fig 57 applies to the ACP due to Transients measurement limit channel selection For the ACP Transient measurement six limits are available After a preset the application uses the limits defined in the standard You can change these limits as desired The SCPI channel numbers CHAN lt O 6 gt correspond to the following relative channel limits that are displayed on the measurement display Fig 57 ACP due to Transient Channels o Reserved notavalabie 3 Transmit channel not available 1 Upper Reserved not available 1309 9680 42 134 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control 6E Reserved not available The applications stores separate limit sets for the analysis of signals with 25 KHz 50 KHz 100 KHz and 150 KHz So you have to specify the bandwidth you want to set limits for by using the following table While measuring the application will automatically use the limits for the signal bandwidth chosen by SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze BANDwidth Fig 58 BANDwidth to Channel Bandwidth BANDwidth Number Channel Bandwidth 25 KHz 8 sub carriers 50 KHz 16 sub carriers 100 KHz 32 su
90. CPTrans CHAN lt 0 6 gt RELPower MAXimum FETCh BURSt ACPTrans CHAN lt 0 6 gt RELPower AVERage This command returns the measured current maximum and average determined relative power in dB Example FETC BURS ACPT CHAN4 RELP MAX The maximum calculated relative power for the upper channel from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt ACPTrans CHAN lt 0 6 gt RRCosine This command returns the roll off factor of the Root Raised Cosine filter used for the specified channel Example FETC BURS ACPT CHAN4 RRC The calculated Root Raised Cosine for the upper channel from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt COUNt This command returns the total number of burst found and analyzed Example FETC BURS COUN The number of bursts analyzed is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 159 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 FETCh BURSt PVTTable ALL This command returns the results from the R amp S FS K110 Power versus Time Summary Table measurement Data will only be returned if the PVT Summary Table measurement type was previously executed See CONF BURSt PVT The results are returned as a list of strings separated by a comma in the following ASCII format lt current AF TBpower gt lt min AF TBpower gt lt average AF TBpower gt lt max
91. Constellation versus Symbols display The title of the lower part of the measurement tells what is plotted Colors help to distinguish the different symbol types The measurement Constellation vs Carriers is useful e for checking how stable the demodulation is e for checking if certain symbol types have a wrong phase or scaling e for checking if symbols in certain subcarriers have a wrong phase or scaling e for checking on interferers that only affect certain subcarriers e fora quick overview which symbol types are allocated to certain subcarriers Note that due to the Inter Carrier Interference even a perfect TEDS signal will not show a perfect constellation diagram 61 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Bit Stream BIT STREAM 1309 9680 42 The Bit Stream measurement results are selected by pressing the STATISTICS softkey in the main measurement softkey menu followed by the B T STREAM softkey Remote CONF BURS STAT BSTR IMM TETRA Signal Level 30 dem External Att GENERAL Trigger Mode Free Run Trigger Offzet SETTINGS Modulation Channel Bandwidth Mumber of Samples 110160 Capture Time 30 slots DENOD Att Mech Att Elec 5 00 0 00 de Slots 5 5 SETTINGS DISPLAY 3 LIST Bit Stream Car 2 z 5 101112 06 355 32 i J IA PEASE 07 amp 32 B2D3 7380 3B330E 26 137391139 i OBO4222459 06 S65 iF 2 OEF 1F i j 3c112 340D10P 0S 05 8 221F26122B 241E3 806212832
92. DEVCarrier CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECtrum FLATness DEVCarrier These commands set or return the limits used in the Spectrum Flatness measurements to compare the subcarrier Reference Power deviation results against There is one limit for all kinds of results i e maximum average standard deviation RMS and minimum result The limit value must be a positive number A value of 1 dB means that a measured deviation of larger than 1 dB or smaller than 1 dB causes the limit check to fail Unit is always dB Examples CALC LIM BURSI OPEC PLAT DEVO Returns the set limit for the subcarrier Reference Power deviation results Characteristics RST value 1 dB SCPI device specific CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECtrum FLATness DEVCarrier AVERage RESult CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECtrum FLATness DEVCarrier RMS RESult CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECtrum FLATness DEVCarrier MAXimum RESult CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECtrum FLATness DEVCarrier MINimum RESult These commands return the limit check results for the measured subcarrier Reference Power deviation results Spectrum Flatness measurement The results are returned as a boolean value where 0 Passed and 1 Failed limit exceeded Different statistics of the result can be compared against the same limit value please refer to CALC LIM BURS SPEC FLAT DEVC Standard deviation RMS maximum average minimum Example To check if no subcarrier Reference Power differed mor
93. E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze CIQOffset This command sets whether IQ offset compensation will be used when the measurement is performed Example SENS DEM FORM BAN CIQO 1 The R amp S FS K110 option analyzes using pilot tracking Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze MCARrier KH1 KH10 This command sets the maximum carrier offset that will be used when the measurement is performed KH1 1 kHz maximum carrier offset KH10 10 kHz maximum carrier offset Example SENS DEM FORM BAN MCAR KH1 The R amp S FS K110 option analyzes using a 1 KHz maximum carrier offset Characteristics RST value 10KHz SCPI device specific SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze MODulation QM4 QM16 QM64 This command sets the analysis modulation format that will be used when the measurement is performed Note that when slot type is Random Access Burst RAB only QM4 modulation is supported Selecting other modulations with slot type RAB will return an error QM4 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation 4 2 bits QM16 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation 16 4 bits QM64 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation 64 6 bits Example SENS DEM FORM BAN MOD QM16 The R amp S FS K110 option analyzes using a QAM16 modulation type Characteristics RST value QAM64 SCPI device specific SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze PTRAcking lt Boolean gt This command sets whether Pilot Tracking wil
94. E1 Number of Header symbols in slot Depends on Slot type TRACE2 Number of Data symbols in slot Depends ACP due to Transients Upper FORMat ASCii FORMat REAL Floating point values Bitstream FORMat ASCii FORMat UINT Hexadecimal values on Slot type and Channel Bandwidth Cf Table 15 Capture Memory FORMat ASCii 4000 FORMat REAL Floating point values ACP due to Transients Lower Constellation vs Carrier MEN Currently not available yet Constellation vs Symbol AAN Currently not available yet EVM vs Carrier EVM vs Symbol Magnitude Error vs Symbol Phase Error vs Symbol Flatness Carrier Not supported yet Flatness Pilots Not supported yet FORMat ASCII FORMat REAL Floating point values FORMat ASCII FORMat REAL Floating point values FORMat ASCII FORMat REAL Floating point values FORMat ASCII FORMat REAL Floating point values Channel Bandwidth 8 25 kHz 8 carriers 16 50 kHz 16 carriers 32 100 kHz 32 carriers 48 150 kHz 48 carriers Slot Type 34 Normal Downlink Burst 31 Normal Uplink Burst 14 Control Uplink Burst 14 Random Access Burst Channel Bandwidth 8 25 kHz 8 carriers 16 50 kHz 16 carriers 32 100 kHz 32 carriers 48 150 kHz 48 carriers Channel Bandwidth 8 25 kHz 8 carriers 16 50 kHz 16 carriers 32 100 kHz 32 carriers 48 150 kHz 48 carriers Note Only subcarriers containing
95. EN 61010 1 v lidos en cada caso A menos que est permitido expresamente no retire nunca la tapa ni componentes de la carcasa mientras el producto est en servicio Esto pone a descubierto los cables y componentes el ctricos y puede causar lesiones fuego o da os en el producto 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 9 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Informaciones elementales de seguridad Si un producto se instala en un lugar fijo se debera primero conectar el conductor de proteccion fijo con el conductor de proteccion del producto antes de hacer cualquier otra conexion La instalacion y la conexion deberan ser efectuadas por un electricista especializado En el caso de dispositivos fijos que no est n provistos de fusibles interruptor autom tico ni otros mecanismos de seguridad similares el circuito de alimentaci n debe estar protegido de modo que todas las personas que puedan acceder al producto as como el producto mismo est n a salvo de posibles da os Todo producto debe estar protegido contra sobretensi n debida p ej a una ca da del rayo mediante los correspondientes sistemas de protecci n Si no el personal que lo utilice quedar expuesto al peligro de choque el ctrico No debe introducirse en los orificios de la caja del aparato ning n objeto que no est destinado a ello Esto puede producir cortocircuitos en el producto y o puede causar choques el ctricos fuego o lesiones Salvo indicaci n contraria
96. FETC BURS ACPM CHAN3 RELP ACP Due to Modulation Summary Table Fig 52 Summary Table of measurement ACP due to Modulation Note that in Fig 52 all texts Curr will change to Avg if the parameter ACP Display in the Demod Settings dialog is switched from ACP Curr to ACP Avg The corresponding results will also change 1309 9680 42 117 E 3 Measurements in Detail R amp S FSQ K110 The results of Table 6 are explained in Table 6 for ACP channel 3 All other offset channels not TX channel conform to the same principle Table 6 Description of the Summary Table results of the measurement ACP due to Modulation Result Description OOOO Depending on parameter ACP Display either the result AcpPower n F measured in this ACP channel during the useful part of the last found slot or the average of all these results measured in all slots found so far The maximum result 4cpPower n bas measured in this ACP channel during the useful part of all slots found so Depending on parameter ACP Display either the result AcpPower n m measured in this ACP channel during the useful part of only the last found slot or the average of all these results measured in all slots found so far The worst result AcpPower n ye measured in this ACP channel during the useful part of all slots found so far This result is probably the most important one Margin for result D F E C calculating in unit
97. FS K110 will automatically set the received value as Digital Input Sampling Rate Example INP DIQ SRAT AUTO ON Activates the automatic mode for parameter Digital Input Sampling Rate of the digital Baseband input Characteristics RST value ON SCPI conforming INPut EATT lt numeric value gt This command programs the attenuation of the electronic input attenuator The attenuation can be varied in 5 dB steps from 0 to 30 dB Other entries are rounded to the next lower integer value The electronic attenuator is switched off in the default state Currently not yet available Example INP EATT Returns the current electronic attenuator setting in use Characteristics RST value 0 dB SCPI conforming INPut EATT AUTO lt Boolean gt This command automatically couples the electronic input attenuation to the reference level and the attenuation of the mechanical attenuator state ON or switches the input attenuation to manual entry Currently not yet available Example INP EATT AUTO ON Couples the attenuation of the electronic attenuator tothe reference level Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific The command is only available with the electronic attenuator option B25 INPut EATT STATe lt Boolean gt This command switches the electronic input attenuation into the signal path state ON or removes it from the signal path state OFF Currently not yet available Example INP EATT STAT ON Switche
98. Fig 54 for an explanation how these parameters work At the very start and the very end of the captured data there are short regions shaded where all slots are declined because of the internal signal processing needs But a negative value Trigger Offset can take care that IQ data is captured even before the trigger event occurs So the first symbol instant of the first found slot S1 appears very shortly after the trigger event in this example 1309 9680 42 121 E 3 Measurements in Detail R amp S FSQ K110 Magnitude of input signal Trigger to sync First found slot t captured IQ data VO Level of Trigger external i offset trigger signal t Trigger event Fig 54 Example for a negative Trigger Offset and a small positive Trigger to Sync Calculating result statistics Definitions Requirements e The signal processing delivers many results scalars or traces named x 1 x 2 X N which are all of the same type e Each result may belong to a different slot or a different subcarrier or a different symbol etc e The index 1 2 N of the results distinguishes between the slots or subcarriers or symbols etc the result belongs to e Atthe start of the measurement we reset the statistic then we count the single results with s 1 2 3 4 e x s is the placeholder for any single result lt does not matter here if x s itself was calculated by averaging other results
99. INDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 X MINimum DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 X MAXimum These commands return the minimum and maximum values respectively for the X axis data for the specified trace display and measurement The numeric suffix for WINDow lt 1 2 gt selects screen A or screen B The numeric suffix for TRACe lt 1 4 gt may be any valid trace for the current measurement X axis units correspond to the units for the current measurement Please refer to Fig 59 for TRACe parameter to screen trace mapping The minimum and maximum values are consistent with the corresponding TRACe DATA command These commands are not supported for the following measurements Bitstream Constellation vs Carrier Constellation vs Symbol Summary Table and any measurement for which screen A is a table Example DISP WIND2 TRAC1 X MAX returns the maximum X value for the Current trace on screen B Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 149 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe ECARrier AUTO DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe ESYMbol AUTO DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe MAGNitude AUTO DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe PHASE AUTO These commands control automatic scaling of the Y axis for the specified trace display and measurement Automatic scaling sets the Y axis to automatically scale to best fit the measurement results The numeric suffix for WINDo
100. IQ offset gt lt average IQ offset gt lt maximum IQ offset gt lt min gain imbalance gt lt average gain imbalance gt lt max gain imbalance gt lt min quadrature error gt lt average quadrature error gt lt max quadrature error gt lt min amplitude droop gt lt average amplitude droop gt lt max amplitude droop gt lt min frequency error gt lt average frequency error gt lt max frequency error gt lt min phase error gt lt average phase error gt lt max phase error gt lt min magnitude error gt lt average magnitude error gt lt max magnitude error gt lt min burst power gt lt average burst power gt lt max burst power gt lt min crest factor gt lt average crest factor gt lt max crest factor gt Note all symbols includes data header sync and pilot symbols The units for the EVM results have to be specified before with the UNIT EVM command The units for the gain imbalance results have to be specified before with the UNIT GIMB command Note that FETCh BURSt SUMT ALL does not return all results that the individual single commands FET Ch BURSt SUMT xxx can return Especially the current results i e results of the last found slot and the commands FETC BURS SUMT SCMP and FETC BURS SUMT SCMR are excluded 1309 9680 42 162 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control Example FETCh BURSt SUMT ALL All R amp S FS K110 measurement results are returned in the specifi
101. L EVM DATA MAX FAIL EVM DATA AVG FAIL EVM ALL MAX FAIL EVM ALL AVG FAIL ionable LMARgin AN 5 not used 15 SS 13 SN N ats o LO UNLocked Screen B LO UNLocked Screen A OVEN COLD hb STATus QUEStionable FREQuency D Overview of the R amp S FS K110 status registers 189 EVM dB Miscellaneous not used EVM SP MAX FAIL EVM SP AVG FAIL EVM DSP MAX FAIL EVM DSP AVG FAIL EVM DH MAX FAIL EVM DH AVG FAIL EVM DATA MAX FAIL EVM DATA AVG FAIL EVM ALL MAX FAIL EVM ALL AVG FAIL 2 IF OVERload IFOVL IF UNDERIoad IFUNL RF OVERIoad OVLD N STATus QUEStionable POWer not used PHASE MAX FAIL PHASE AVG FAIL MAG MAX FAIL MAG AVG FAIL IQ Offset MAX FAIL IQ Offset AVG FAIL FREQ ERR MAX FAIL FREQ ERR AVG FAIL Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 Description of the Status Registers All the status registers shown in Fig 62 are the same as those provided by the base system with the exception of the following STATus OPERation Although this register is provided by R amp S FSP Kernel main R amp S FS K110 makes use of bit 4 in this register This register is available from the R amp S FS K110 command tree STATus QUESTionable Although this register is provided by R amp S FSP Kernel main R amp S FS K110 makes use of bits 9 11 and 12 in this register This register is available from the R amp S FS K110 command tr
102. L RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A Fig 8 Save Recall softkey menu The save recall facility provided by R amp S FS K110 is exactly the same as that provided by the host analyzer Refer to the user manual of the spectrum analyzer for details of the save recall operation The save recall facility in R amp S FS K110 provides the following items that can be saved and or recalled e Current Settings All user settings provided by R amp S FS K110 e TETRA2 Results All current trace and table results e User Limits All table limit values e IQ Data Allows the raw IQ data to be stored When recalled the data is reprocessed to generate results e All Traces The current on screen traces To close the save recall softkey menu and return to the main R amp S FS K110 softkey menu press the TETRA2 hotkey 1309 9680 42 31 E 3 General Information R amp S FSQ K110 Printing This section of the user manual describes print facility of the option The HCOPY hardkey opens the print softkey menu Any open settings views or pop up l dialogs will be closed HCOPY Signal Level 30 dem External Att Trigger Mode Free Run Trigger Offset Modulation Channel Band yvictth Capture Memory Humber of Samples 137700 Capture Time 30 slots Ref 20 dBm Att Mech Att Elec 5 00 0 00 de RECHARGE Ere ae ee O A Te rs Constellation ve Symbol Symbols All Carrier All COMMENT Measurement Complete SPECTRUM f mEn AUTO LUL RUN
103. LL 1309 9680 42 The STARTUP RECALL softkey displays the Startup Recall dialog TETRA2 Signal Level 30 dem External Att E CONFIG RECALL Oi SAVE 003 0 SAWE_008 Of SAVE 004 Of SAVE 009 nT Of SAVE 005 Of SAVE 010 Of SAVE 001 Of SAVE 006 Of SAVE 011 RECALL Of Save 002 Of SAVE 007 Of SAVE 012 NAAA AAA AO File Name FACTORY ET AUTORECALL DEFAULT A BBB Current Settings LJ TETRA Results All Limit Lines O IQ Data All Transducers O User Limits All Traces O WLAN Results Source Cal Data O WIMAX Results Cancel Measurement Complete Mo bursts found PULE MANAGER SPECTRUM f terme AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A Fig 36 Startup Recall file dialog From this panel the name of the file to be recalled can be specified The settings or results that are available in the recall file are shown along with check boxes to indicate whether or not these parameters should be recalled 87 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 FILE MANAGER The FILE MANAGER softkey allows the user to manage files on the FSQ hard drive FILE MANAGER 1309 9680 42 The FILE MANAGER softkey displays the File Explorer dialog E Analyzer Disk C C o oos Screen A EDIT Size Extension Attributes PATH 2007 06 13 14 52 50 2009 01 13 11 40 51 NEH FOLDER PASTE SORT MODE 2 E sPecTRUM ETA auto Lu P run scl RUN cont f nore f screen e BEES a Fig 37 F
104. Limit value in dB Example FETC BURS ACPM CHAN3 DELL MAX The maximum calculated delta to limit power for the transmit channel from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 156 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control FETCh BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt 0 6 gt OFFSet This command returns the frequency offset used for the ACP Modulation measurement in KHz Example FETC BURS ACPM CHAN3 O0FFS The used offset for the transmit channel from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt 0 6 gt RELPower CURRent FETCh BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt 0 6 gt RELPower MAXimum FETCh BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt 0 6 gt RELPower AVERage This command returns the measured current maximum and average relative powers in dB of the ACP Modulation measurement Example FETC BURS ACPM CHAN3 RELP MAX The maximum calculated relative power for the transmit channel from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt 0 6 gt RRCosine This command returns the roll off factor used to design the Root Raised Cosine filter for the specified channel Example FETC BURS ACPM CHAN3 RRC The used roll off factor of the Root Raised Cosine filter for the transmit channel from the most recent measurement is returned Charact
105. Magnitude measurement results taking only data and header symbols into account The units for the EVM results have to be specified before with the UNIT EVM command Example FETC BURS SUMT EVM DHEA MAX The maximum EVM recorded for the data and header symbols is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM DSPilot CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM DSPilot AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM DSPilot MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM DSPilot MINimum This command returns the slots Error Vector Magnitude measurement results taking only data sync and pilot symbols into account The units for the EVM results have to be specified before with the UNIT EVM command Example FETC BURS SUMT EVM DSP MAX The maximum EVM recorded for the data and sync and pilot symbols is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM SPILot CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM SPILot AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM SPILot MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM SPILot MINimum This command returns the slots Error Vector Magnitude measurement results taking only sync and pilot symbols into account The units for the EVM results have to be specified before with the UNIT EVM command Example FETC BURS SUMT EVM PIL MAX The maximum EVM recorded for the sync and pilot symbols is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 968
106. Menu The display menu allows the display to be changed between split and full screen display The active screen can be selected by pressing the SCREEN A SCREEN B hotkey Example of use A screen needs to be made active in order to control the markers it displays In full screen mode the SCREEN A SCREEN B hotkey also toggles which screen is displayed Remote DISP FORM 1309 9680 42 93 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Support This section of the user manual describes the Support function which stores necessary data files to be sent to Rohde amp Schwarz support center The softkey to create and store the support files is located in each of the measurement softkey menus please refer to Fig 43 Note The Support softkey is only available if no measurement is performed e RUN CONT must not be activated Rather press RUN SGL wait until the measurement is done and then press the Support softkey 390 05 MHz Signal Level 30 dBm External Att GENERAL Sweep Mode Single igger Mode Free Run Trigger Offset SETTINGS Channel Bandwidth Capture Memory Humber of Samples 137701 Capture Time DENOD Ref 20 dem Att Mech Att Elec 5 00 0 00 dB Slots 102 of 102 6 SETTINGS DISPLAY LIST Apdo amar eine AD A Y Te ale ACP MODULATION m tsubislot 6 sym idom FFT RB4 300 Hz ACP TRANS UPPER ACP TRANS LOWER 24 kHz div 74 kHz Measurement Complete SUPPORT SPECTRUM f terme AUTO LUL
107. N SGL hotkey gt During the measurement the text Running is displayed in the Status Bar at the bottom of the screen Measurement results are updated once the measurement has completed The results are displayed in graphical form The display can be toggled to a tabular list of measurement points by pressing the DISPLAY LIST GRAPH Softkey 1309 9680 42 12 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 General Information Trouble shooting guide Find some hints that should help to make measurements run smoothly In case no slots or not all slots are found e Correct slot type set Check this in the dialog Demod settings e Correct number of sub carriers set Check using the measurement Spectrum FFT and in dialog Demod settings e Signal level set much too high or much too low Check using the measurement Magnitude Capture Display Peak power should be near to the Reference Level but not above Check if the warnings IFOVLD or OVLD appears e Capture time too short There must be one or more slots in the capture buffer and additionally there must be some extra time before and after a slot otherwise it is not accepted If not sure increase the capture time Check using the measurement Magnitude Capture Display e Parameter Swap IQ set the same as in DUT Toggle the parameter Swap IQ in dialog Demod settings e Correct frequency set Do the frequencies of DUT and FS K110 application match Check the signa
108. OGUIAU OM sti aio ios 51 ACP Transients UDI e Li ie 53 ACP Transients LAW a dean 55 FVM INS SS ase mitos 56 CONSICIIATIONIVS So edt 59 Constellation ys Cama es Bese es 60 A o o gn 62 PROS CLS SUMAN isaac ttt we sere sete ll 63 General DEUNOS ts anaa A id 66 SiGMal CMaraCleriSuCs isco tactile alates ho heh Ou street eta atlas eee celeb ale a ba oe hata 67 Frequentes 67 A er ee a ec eee er 67 Channel APG WII 67 LES CNA o ee e do io celo 68 A e o a eisai Wie a a a n 68 Signal Leve RE Ia ia 68 Signal Level Baseband ci a ida 69 F Ulli Seale Level it A dias 70 FPN ee O a eae cao aecete aioe 70 Data Capture SCN S illo A 71 Capture WMG ec2 edhe AN 71 Number Of SIOUS AO AINGIV ZC ana rada aise a aN 71 Tigger SEMI lea 72 FAO MOOG aa es 72 TIGGER OMS Ohera dd 72 EXtemal Trigger Level dd E ak a aval Senvont 72 AUO Power IMOJer Level asa AE o 72 A A ta E E sansea eed 73 Tagger Level BaSCDaNG 2x6 eects A A a ease ak 73 A rete ee aoe ie E A i en Re eee ee eee 73 Re ES Y nl 9k 6 S aea eee YS ee One er Ie Or ee 74 A A en a ee een ee ee 74 INPUESCUINIS A coe Sista abe nae a a ator datnwcs era a sia 74 A A A A 14 Advanced Settings 15a nis hae eee e el 15 MA Les ola O eee 75 A ee cea ole el laced 75 FS INGO ari ieee at o ai 76 LOW AS S e e 76 A N 76 Digital Iaput Sampling Rates a E A a 76 EXO BOX SENGS nenia iaa na da laicidad 77 Demod class id 78 Demodulator SEMA lle cats 79 EVI IS a denle eno ido a e Ol eos 80 AC
109. OMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CAL Culate lt 1 2 gt LIMIt BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt 0 6 gt RELPower BANDwidth lt 0 3 gt lt numeric_value gt CURRent RESult MAXimum RESult ACPTrans CHAN lt 0 6 gt RELPower BANDwidth lt 0 3 gt lt numeric_value gt CURRent RESult MAXimum RESult ALL RESult EVM ALL AVERage RESult MAXimum RESult DATA AVERage RESult MAXimum RESult DHEAder AVERage RESult MAXimum RESult DSPilot AVERage RESult MAXimum RESult SPILot AVERage RESult MAXimum RESult 1309 9680 42 Returns all limits Returns all limit results EVM All symbols Set units with UNIT EVM first lt numeric_value gt lt numeric_value gt Set units with UNIT EVM first lt numeric_value gt EVM Data Symbols only Set units with UNIT EVM first lt numeric_value gt Set units with UNIT EVM first lt numeric_value gt EVM Data Header Symbols Set units with UNIT EVM first lt numeric_value gt Set units with UNIT EVM first lt numeric_value gt EVM Data Sync Pilot Symbols Set units with UNIT EVM first lt numeric_value gt Set units with UNIT EVM first lt numeric_value gt EVM Sync Pilot Symbols Set units with UNIT EVM first lt numeric_value gt Set units with UNIT EVM first lt numeric_value gt 132 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CAL Culate
110. P Modulation Transients SettiNgQS ccooccccconcccccnnnoncnnononcnconcnnonnnnnnnnnnnoncnnnnnnronnnnnnnnnss 81 Measurement Time Settings uns il A iia 83 1309 9680 42 4 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Contents HIS Manada nd ii one cocaina 84 SAVE ridad 85 RECAE anti ad 86 A A Oost daa nan Penne 87 HEEMANAGER lt a coi aaa 88 Trace SSIS CON AAA ooo o O Do OOO AN 89 O A 90 AQUUSUINO WARK ONS turis ii tae 90 TOG GIS MarkerDISDIS Varese bite ebe 91 Assigning Markers to ACCS nidad a id dd 92 DISPIaY SCS ti NA NA tellin ate diet et ah te 93 Sn eee ed ia a ed venereal aad ee 94 3 Meas rements in Detalla aaa 95 Signal PrOceSSiN reran a 95 ADE VIRIONS zena a a a a a aealteurtenslMakes 95 Slot based signal POCOS SI ads decada 96 Subcarrier based signal proCessinQ cocccccccccoccncconoconcnoncnnonnnonnnnnnnnnonononnnnnnnnnonnrnnnnncnnnrnnnrnnnnnnnns 97 Transmitter distortion MON EL coococcoccconionconconconincconnonencnonnononononnonconnonronnenrnonnnnennnonnonenanannans 99 AGS POCOS Nao E E EE E 99 PWT SSIQMAl DFOCCSS ING maiii i e a 100 RESULAESCIDUONS Rd 101 Normalization Constants aaan a a O ae ees 101 PR C ENO A A a RA In O a cata end ooh ee anaes 101 WAG MINUCC EO onda ia a aca 102 Error Vector MAGNIUDGs sota iio ala 103 Camer PKEGUCNCY ENT aislado 105 AMPLIAS ED FOO Dal idas 105 CTESURACIO iria tii is 106 Gam Imolan E an ra 107 A A 108 Quadratute EMOS 108 FOWerorSuDCa mer Sada A oia O 109 POWerS Old SIO Lara A A
111. Power COM gt Ext Trigger Lvl 500 mi Trigger Level Baseband Auto Level iV External Trigger Level Trigger Settings Trigger Mode External Trigger Offset a alot 1 S00 m Trigger Level Baseband Auto Level iv Auto Power Trigger Level Trigger Settings Trigger Mode Power Trigger Offset a lotia Ext Trigger Lvl 500 m Trigger Level Baseband Auto Level iv 1309 9680 42 Trigger Mode is the source of the trigger for starting capturing of IQ data The possible values for the Trigger Mode are Free Run the capturing starts immediately after the previous measurement is done the capturing starts when the external trigger signal meets or exceeds the specified external trigger level at the input connector EXT TRIGGER GATE on the rear panel the capturing starts when the signal power at the active input refer to parameter Input on page 74 meets or exceeds the specified power trigger level External Power In case the digital Baseband input is used The only allowed trigger mode is Free Run Remote TRIG SEO MODE Trigger Offset specifies the time offset between the trigger event and the start of the IQ data capturing A negative value indicates a pre trigger i e data capturing starts earlier than the trigger event The Trigger Offset parameter is not editable when Trigger Mode is set to Free Run because this indicates that the measurement sweep should trigger immediately and as such a
112. REFRESH SCREEN A Fig 40 Marker Extension Softkey Menu Pressing the PEAK softkey moves the marker to the peak value of the selected trace Remote Control Currently not yet available Pressing the MIN softkey moves the marker to the minimum value of the current trace Remote Control Currently not yet available In result graphs which have more than one trace e g PVT the marker can be assigned to any of the displayed traces Pressing the MKR gt TRACE displays the Select Trace pop up dialog The marker can now be moved from e g the trace showing the minimum results to the trace showing the maximum results or vice versa Select Trace Power vs Time 4 Average Fig 41 Select Trace Pop up Dialog Remote CALC2 MARK TRAC 92 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Display Settings The layout of the display can be controlled using the display menu VEIL The DISPLAY hardkey brings to view the display softkey menu Any settings views l or pop up dialogs on display will be closed Frequency Signal Level 30 dBm External Att FULL Single rigger Mode Free Run Trigger Offset SCREEN Modulation Channel Bandwidth Capture Memory Number of Samples 137700 Capture Time 30 slots Ref 20 dBm Att Mech Att Elec 5 00 0 00 dB 25 088 msvdiv ts 424 997 ms Constellation vs Symbol Symbols All Carrier AII Measurement Complete EN a IEA AE AE A E Fig 42 Display
113. Software Manual TETRA II Analysis Applications Firmware R8S FS K110 Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany uoe amp SCHWARZ Test and Measurement 1309 9680 42 03 1 This Software Manual describes the Applications Firmware R amp S FS K110 for the following models e R amp S FSQ e R amp S FSU with FSU B73 installed R amp S is a registered trademark of Rohde amp Schwarz GmbH amp Co KG Trade names are trademarks of the owners Basic Safety Instructions Always read through and comply with the following safety instructions All plants and locations of the Rohde amp Schwarz group of companies make every effort to keep the safety standards of our products up to date and to offer our customers the highest possible degree of safety Our products and the auxiliary equipment they require are designed built and tested in accordance with the safety standards that apply in each case Compliance with these standards is continuously monitored by our quality assurance system The product described here has been designed built and tested in accordance with the attached EC Certificate of Conformity and has left the manufacturer s plant in a condition fully complying with safety standards To maintain this condition and to ensure safe operation you must observe all instructions and warnings provided in this manual If you have any questions regarding these safety instructions the Rohde amp Schwarz group of
114. The R amp S FS K110 option is selected as the active option Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming INSTrument SELect TETRA2 This recomote control command selects active operation of the R amp S FS K110 option Example INST SEL TETRA2 The R amp S FS K110 option is selected as the active option Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming 1309 9680 42 172 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control SENSe Subsystem The SENSe command is used to set and get the values of parameters in the remote instrument The get variant of the SENSe command differs from set in that it takes no parameter values unless otherwise stated but is followed by the character and will return the parameter s value in the same format as it is set e g SENS FREQ 10GHZ sets the frequency to 10 GHz SENS FREQ response 10GHZ returns the current frequency DEFault Where a parameter has a default a value the commands parameter can be substituted with DEFault which will load the parameter with its default value This will effectively reset the parameter to its default reset value UP and DOWN In addition all numeric values will be able to take UP and DOWN in place of the parameter This will increment and decrement the numeric value by an amount specified within the option MIN MAX In addition all numeric values will be able to take either MINimum or MAXimum as arguments to determine the minimum and maximum allowable range for the c
115. VTT REL MAX The maximum calculated relative after burst power from the most recent PVT measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt PVTTable RELBeforepower CURRent FETCh BURSt PVTTable RELBeforepower AVERage FETCh BURSt PVTTable RELBeforepower MINimum FETCh BURSt PVTTable RELBeforepower MAXimum For the Power versus Time measurements this command returns the measured current average minimum and maximum results for power before burst relative to reference power in dB The Power versus Time measurement must be selected to obtain results Example FETC BURS PVTT RELB MAX The maximum calculated relative before burst power from the most recent PVT measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt PVTTable SLOTpower CURRent FETCh BURSt PVTTable SLOTpower AVERage FETCh BURSt PVTTable SLOT power MINimum FETCh BURSt PVTTable SLOTpower MAXimum For the Power versus Time measurements this command returns the measured current average minimum and maximum results for slot power in dB The Power versus Time measurement must be selected to obtain results Example FETC lt BURS lt PVTT lt SLOTIMAX The maximum calculated slot power from the most recent PVT measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt PVT Table TRIGsync For the Power versus Time measurements this command returns t
116. a o la li iO 182 Trigger SUBSISTEMA A A iene a oe 185 UNIT SU SSE iia aia 187 9 Status Reporting Registers vote eee ee 188 Description of the Status RegisStersS occooncccoccccccncconocoocononnnononononconanonnnnnonanonannnnnnncnnnnnnans 190 6 Remote Control Programming Examples ooccocccocccocnonoconanoccnncncnanonarenanonanos 198 Synchronization Entry Of ODIO 2 ad 198 Selecting Measurement tddi loicics 198 7 List of Warnings 8 Error Messages cooccoccocococccocccocnonanonnconanonnnnanonanenarenanenanos 200 EV CLS X 201 1309 9680 42 6 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 General Information 1 General Information The Rohde amp Schwarz FS K110 application extends the functionality of the R amp S FSQ or R amp S FSU spectrum analyzer to enable TETRA Release 2 TEDS measurements according to the standards 1 and 2 please refer to page 124 This manual supports the user in working with R amp S FS K110 It aids the preparation execution and evaluation of a measurement and gives many helpful hints and examples For the user wanting to make a quick start to using R amp S FS K110 the Quick Start Guide section below works step by step through an ordinary measurement The remainder of this section describes all of the basic information about how the R amp S FS K110 application works without covering measurements in detail A detailed description of all measurement modes settings and results can be found in section 2 Section 4 co
117. a series of definitions which are used in the tables of commands In the tables these established definitions are indicated in angled brackets lt gt and will be briefly explained in the following see also Section 3 5 5 Parameters This keyword refers to parameters which can adopt two states on and off The off state may either be indicated by the keyword OFF or by the numeric value O the on state is indicated by ON or any numeric value other than zero Parameter queries are always returned the numeric value O or 1 These keywords mark parameters which may be entered as numeric values or are set using specific keywords character data The following keywords given below are permitted MINimum This keyword sets the parameter to the smallest possible value MAXimum This keyword sets the parameter to the largest possible value DEFault This keyword is used to reset the parameter to its default value UP This keyword increments the parameter value DOWN This keyword decrements the parameter value The numeric values associated to MAXimum MINimum DEFault can be queried by adding the corresponding keywords to the command They must be entered following the quotation mark Example SENSe FREQuency CENTer MAXimum returns the maximum possible numeric value of the center frequency as result lt arbitrary block program data gt This keyword is provided for commands the parameters of 1309 9680 42 which
118. ace The calculation of the power after the burst ends there Teng depends on whether the slot uses a full or a subslot timeslot and the used measurement time Table 11 Calculation of time Teng in unit symbol durations Tend T1 Taot tmeas 2 17 6 21 0 34 6 40 2 34 6 38 2 17 6 21 The time Tulotena Specifies the time at the end of the slot or subslot The calculation of the slot power ends there T sicteng depends on the sub or subslot length Please refer to Table 12 Tslotena Corresponds to the end of the green bar in lower part of the measurement Power versus Time Table 12 Calculation of time T sotena In Unit symbol durations AA A OOOO Tslotena T1 Tiot 2 17 15 0 34 34 2 34 32 2 17 15 Having calculated these time instants the actual PVT results can be calculated The signal for the lower part of the Power versus Time measurement must be cut correctly aligned to each found slot PVT t ET HO pr JOY tan S S beng Formula 70 Factor p is an internally used correction factor to compensate for all power gains and losses applied to the input signals during data capturing and signal processing R is the input impedance The Min Max Avg Current statistic for PVT ie is done according to chapter Arithmetic averaging on page 123 1309 9680 42 119 E 3 Measurements in Detail R amp S FSQ K110 All statistics of PVT t can be converted to unit dBm PVT t PVT 1
119. agnitude MinMagnitude statistic on page 124 Different statistics of FregError are shown as e The row called Center Freg Error in the Summary Table measurement e SCPI FETC BURS SUMT FERR Amplitude Droop Please refer to Fig 45 and Fig 46 The amplitude droop value d m in subcarrier m is estimated in a way that compensating the measured signal with an exponential function with exponent d m minimizes the difference between the magnitude of the ideal signal and the magnitude of the measured signal in this subcarrier So only an exponential magnitude decrease or increase is considered by Amplitude Droop Estimating the value d m for the subcarrier m SN max ES f d m Y 1 Oper mk UO ess m k eV y d m f d m m min f d m d m is a positive or negative value and ideally 0 Formula 28 To describe the mean exponential amplitude increase or decrease of a single slot the exponents d m can be converted to an corresponding average factor d using Formula 28 M 1 d iot hes Siler Formula 29 M m 0 d is a positive number and ideally 1 slot The Min Max Avg Current statistic for d is done according to chapter RMS averaging on page 122 slot All statistics of the value d can be converted to unit mdB symbols and are then called Amplitude Droop AmplitudeDrooP yap j sm 1000 20 log 10d 141 Formula 30 1309 9680 42 105 E 3 Measurements in Detai
120. all apply to the nominal voltage and 5 to the nominal frequency N Do not place the product on surfaces vehicles cabinets or tables that for reasons of weight or stability are unsuitable for this purpose Always follow the manufacturer s installation instructions when installing the product and fastening it to objects or structures e g walls and shelves An installation that is not carried out as described in the product documentation could result in personal injury or death ed Do not place the product on heat generating devices such as radiators or fan heaters The ambient temperature must not exceed the maximum temperature specified in the product documentation or in the data sheet Product overheating can cause electric shock fire and or serious personal injury or death 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 2 Basic Safety Instructions Electrical safety If the information on electrical safety is not observed either at all to the extent necessary electric shock fire and or serious personal injury or death may occur 1 Prior to switching on the product always ensure that the nominal voltage setting on the product matches the nominal voltage of the AC supply network If a different voltage is to be set the power fuse of the product may have to be changed accordingly 2 In the case of products of safety class with movable power cord and connector operation is permitted only on sockets with an earthing contact and protective earth
121. alue SCPI device specific CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt YRESult This command returns the selected marker s Y result for its current location The units returned depend on the current active measurement and the marker s associated trace Example CONF BURS CONS CCAR Select Constellation vs Carrier measurement CALC2 MARK XCAR 1 Select carrier 1 screen B CALC2 MARK XSYM 12 Select symbol 12 screen B CALC2 MARK TRACE 1 Assign marker to component Trace 1 screen B CALC2 MARK YRES Returns the Y axis result l component for the current carrier and symbol CALC2 MARK TRACE 2 Assign marker to Q component Trace 2 screen B CALC2 MARK YRES Returns the Y axis result Q component for the current carrier and symbol Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 131 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 CALCulate LIMit Subsystem The CALCulate LIMit subsystem consists of the measurement limit values and their corresponding limit checks The limits are associated with specific measurement results The following table deals with limits you can set for most of the results of the Measurement Results Summary Table CONFigure BURSt SUMTable The units for the following group of EVM limits commands have to be specified first with the UNIT EVM command This means choose the units for EVM to be percent then set the limit value of 3 Otherwise the limit would have been 3 dB C
122. alue gt HOLDOff lt numeric_value gt Holdoff in seconds SLOT lt numeric_value gt Holdoff in Slots TRIGger SEQuence MODE IMM EXT POW This command configures the triggering mode used by the instrument IMMediate no triggering condition This is the free run setting EXTernal the next measurement is triggered by the signal at the external trigger input e g a gated trigger POWer triggering of the measurement via signals which exceed the specified level Example TRIG SEQ IMM AUTO triggering will occur for the next measurement at the specified power level value Characteristics RST value IMMediate SCPI device specific TRIGger SEQuence LEVel EXTernal lt numeric value gt This command accepts the level of the external trigger input for which triggering will occur Example TRIG LEV 1 V Characteristics RST value 1 V SCPI device specific TRIGger SEQuence LEVel POWer lt numeric value gt This command accepts the level of the input signal in dBm for which triggering will occur Example TRIG LEV POW 10 DBM Characteristics RST value 0 DBM SCPI device specific TRIGger SEQuence LEVel IQ lt numeric value gt This command accepts the level of the analog Baseband trigger input for which triggering will occur Example TRIG LEV SLO ve Characteristics RST value 1 V SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 185 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 TRIGger SEQuence LEVel
123. amples CALC LIM BURS EVM DSP MAX RES The limit check result for the maximum measured EVM using data sync and pilot symbols is returned as a Boolean value 0 Passed 1 Failed Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM SPILot AVERage CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM SPILot MAXimum These commands set or return the comparison limits for the average or maximum measured RMS EVM of a slot where the sync and pilot symbols contributed to the EVM The units for the EVM limits must be specified with the UNIT EVM command prior to this command being issued Examples CALC LIM BURS EVM SPIL MAX The comparison limit for the maximum measured EVM where sync and pilot symbols contributed to the EVM is returned CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM SPILot AVERage RESult CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM SPILot MAXimum RESult These commands return the limit check results for the average or maximum measured RMS EVM of a slot where only sync and pilot symbols contributed to the EVM The results are returned as a Boolean value where 0 Passed and 1 Failed limit exceeded Examples CALC LIM BURS EVM SPIL MAX RES The limit check result for the maximum measured EVM using sync and pilot symbols is returned as a Boolean value 0 Passed 1 Failed Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 138 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECtrum FLATness
124. amples 137700 Capture Time 30 slots DEMOD Ref 20 dBm Att Mech Att Elec 5 00 0 00 de SETTINGS DISPLAY LIST E E TERED E en me el seperti pee EUH US CARRIER MAGNITUDE ERROR PHASE ERROR uji Y AXIS DIU 1 syumbediv 15 symb Measurement Complete SUPPORT SPECTRUM teraz AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN fl Les Fig 14 EVM vs Symbol The EVM vs Symbol display shows the RMS EVM measured for the first until the last symbol instant defined for the currently selected slot type cf parameter Slot Type page 79 The results are displayed on a per symbol basis with dots indicating the value at each symbol Note that EVM can be displayed in percent or dB per the selection in the Y AXIS DIV pop up dialog page 42 The EVM at a certain symbol instant is calculated as the RMS average of the momentary EVM in all subcarriers For detailed information please refer to Formula 15 and Formula 16 Note that the parameter Show 2nd EVM based on page 80 has no influence here i e all kind of symbols are used The parameters cf Demod Settings page 78 e Pilot Tracking e Compensate Amplitude Droop e Compensate IQ Offset e and especially Payload Modulation do have an effect The measurement EVM vs Symbol is useful 40 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings e as an overall figure of merit including all modulation errors e to see if there are problems at the start or end of a burs
125. an alphanumeric parameter Aborts the entry before it has been terminated The previous value is restored Closes the entry field after termination of input Closes settings views and pop up dialogs Terminates the input of dimension quantities The new value is set Invokes the input of parameters or immediately sets the new value Selects the highlighted item in drop down menus Navigate between individual parameters within the setting views and some of the pop up dialogs Navigate between the individual items within drop down menus Move the cursor left amp right inside the entry window to reach a particular position in the string during alphanumeric entry Navigate between individual parameters within the setting views and some of the pop up dialogs Navigate between the individual items within drop down menus Increment or decrement the value of a parameter during numeric entry Used to activate hotkeys Each of the seven hotkeys is allocated a different function F key To access these hotkeys press CTRL and the corresponding F key together see Fig 4 a F1 e F2 a F3 CTRL F4 an FS TRE F6 CTRL F 7 SPECTRUM eme AUTO LVL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN B Fig 4 Quick Access to Hotkeys ii Used to activate softkeys Each of the nine softkeys is allocated a different function F key To access these softkeys the corresponding F key as shown below ao 2 o o O s Ano Somer oie o o e
126. an effect when parameter Input on page 74 is set to Baseband analog Remote TRIG SEO LEV I0 Ext Trigger Lvl Trigger Settings Ext Trigger Lvl specifies the level the signal at the external cles nears ae trigger input rear of instrument must reach to trigger eae capturing of IQ data Trigger Level Baseband Auto Level iv The Ext Trigger Level parameter is only editable and has only an effect when Trigger Mode is set to External Remote TRIG SEQ LEV EXT 1309 9680 42 73 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 IQ Settings The IQ settings contains settings related the Inphase and Quadrature component of the input signal Swap IQ Swap IQ can tell the application to interchange the an Q parts of the captured IQ data This can reverse an IQ swap that was done in the DUT by intention or by mistake If the IQ swap settings in the DUT and the R amp S FS K110 do not match no slots will be found and analyzed except the carrier frequency error is very small IQ Settings Swap lia The settings for this parameter are e OFF Do not interchange and Q parts e ON land Q parts of the IQ data are interchanged Please note that the application will first mix if necessary the input signal which can be real valued to the complex Baseband signal is now complex valued and then interchange and Q As a consequence e Feature Swap IQ is only identical to interchanging the and Q cable of the analo
127. arameter column indicates the requested parameters together with their specified range Unit The unit column indicates the basic unit of the physical parameters Comment In the comment column an indication is made on whether the command does not have a query form whether the command has only one query form whether the command is implemented only with a certain option of the instrument Indentations The different levels of the SCPI command hierarchy are represented in the table by means of indentations to the right The lower the level the further the indentation to the right Please note that the complete notation of the command always includes the higher levels as well Example SENSe FREQuency CENTer Is represented in the table as follows SENSe first level FREQuency second level CENTer third level Individual description The individual description contains the complete notation of the command An example for each command the RST value and the SCPI information are included as well Upper lower case notation Upper lower case letters are used to mark the long or short form of the key words of a command in the description see Section 3 5 2 The instrument itself does not distinguish between upper and lower case letters Special characters A selection of key words with an identical effect exists for several commands These keywords are indicated in the same line they are separated by a vertical stroke Only one
128. are according to standard 2 and there are not excessive noise and distortion Specify 1 kHz if the signal is known to be within 1 kHz of the nominal carrier frequency This setting will result in faster demodulation times and improves the applications performance in case of strong signals in adjacent channels Otherwise especially if the slot search algorithm fails or the DUT s frequency error is known to be large specify 10 kHz Remote SENS DEM FORM BAN MCAR 1309 9680 42 79 E 3 Measurements amp Settings EVM Settings R amp S FSQ K110 The EVM settings specify the type of calculations and normalizations that will be performed on the demodulator s output Show 2nd EVM based on EVM Settings Show 2nd EWM based on Pilot Tracking Compensate Amplitude Droop Compensate Ia Offset Pilot Tracking EVM Settings Show 2nd EWM based on Pilot Tracking Compensate Amplitude Droop Compensate IQ Offset Compensate Amplitude Droop EVM Settings Show 2nd EVM based on Pilot Tracking Compensate Amplitude Droop compensate la Offset Compensate IQ Offset EVM Settings Show 2nd EVM based on Pilot Tracking Compensate Amplitude Droop Compensate Ia Offset 1309 9680 42 DatatHeader Data Header Cata Header DatatHeader Show 2 EVM based on specifies the symbols that will be used in the calculation of the slots EVM in the Summary Table measurement second row The top row
129. at least one pilot symbol can have a valid result You have to ignore the result samples returned for subcarriers not containing any pilot symbols The TRACE command parameter corresponds to the screen traces as shown in The TRACEX parameter corresponds to the trace numbering arrangement on the display screen Table 15 Power vs Time FORMat ASCii FORMat REAL Floating point values Spectrum FFT FORMat ASCii FORMat REAL Floating point values Trace Mapping Trace parameter to screen trace designation NA Not Available TRACe Most Parameter measurements Not yet Capture ACP ACP Bitstream Spectrum Memory Mod Trans FFT with 4 Traces supported TRACE1 Current RMS Capture Current Current Header Current Memory Symbols Flatness Symbols 1309 9680 42 183 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 Bitstream Measurement The Bitstream TRACE command supports 2 parameters TRACE1 and TRACE2 Specifying parameter TRACE1 returns the Header symbols only Header symbol data is returned in sequential ascending order H1 H2 H3 The amount of header symbols returned varies depending upon the current slot type In the case of the Random Access Burst no Header symbols are available and an error code is returned Please refer to for header and payload sizes for each slot type Specifying parameter TRACE2 returns the payload data symbols only The payload symbols are returned in sequential ascending order D1 D2 D3 The amount
130. atic power level detection Currently not yet available Example CONF POW AUTO SWE TIME 200MS The auto detect measurement will use a sweep time of 200 ms Characteristics RST value 100ms SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 147 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 DISPlay Subsystem The DISPLay subsystem controls the selection and presentation of textual and graphic information as well as of measurement data on the display In the following commands the numeric suffix for WINDow1 corresponds to screen A and WINDow2 corresponds to screen B COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT SCALe DISPlay FORmat i WINDow lt 1 2 gt SELect TABLe TRACe lt 1 4 gt STATe X MAXimum MINimum ECARrier AUTO lt Boolean gt CENTer lt numeric_value gt SPAN lt numeric_value gt UNIT ESYMbol AUTO CENTer lt numeric_value gt SPAN lt numeric_value gt UNIT MAGNIitude AUTO CENTer lt numeric_value gt SPAN lt numeric_value gt PHASe AUTO lt Boolean gt CENTer lt numeric_value gt SPAN lt numeric_value gt RLEVel AUTO lt Boolean gt V IQ lt numeric_value gt DB OFFSet lt numeric_value gt DBM RF lt numeric_value gt DISPlay FORMat This command sets the visible screen display type to full or split screen Example DISP FORM SINGle Sets the R amp S FS K110 display to full screen Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 130
131. available with option FSQ B17 installed This command is only of importance if the digital Baseband input is used This command is only useful if the device under test is an R amp S test transmitter that is capable of transmitting the Full Scale Level value via the LVDS connection The R amp S FS K110 will automatically set the received value as Full Scale Level Example TNP DIQ RANG AUTO OFF Deactivates the automatic mode of parameter Full Scale Level of the digital Baseband input Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI conforming 1309 9680 42 169 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 INPut lt 1 2 gt DIQ SRATe lt numeric_value gt This command corresponds to the parameter Digital Inout Sampling Rate This command is only of importance if the digital Baseband input is used This command is only available with option FSQ B17 installed Example INP DIO SRAT 2E6 Sets the Digital Input Sampling Rate of the digital Baseband input to 2 MHz Characteristics RST value 10 0 MHZ SCPI conforming INPut lt 1 2 gt DIQ SRATe AUTO ON OFF This command corresponds to the Auto checkbox of the parameter Digital Input Sampling Rate This command is only of importance if the digital Baseband input is used This command is only available with option FSQ B17 installed This command is only useful if the device under test is an R amp S test transmitter that is capable of transmitting its digital sampling rate via the LVDS connection The R amp S
132. ay shows the RMS Magnitude Error measured for the first until the last symbol instant defined for the currently selected slot type cf parameter Slot Type page 79 The results are displayed on a per symbol basis with dots indicating the value at each symbol The RMS Magnitude Error at a certain symbol instant is calculated as the RMS average of the momentary Magnitude Error in all subcarriers For detailed information please refer to Formula 10 page 102 Note that the RMS Magnitude Error does not distinguish whether the measured signal s amplitude was smaller or larger than the ideal signal s amplitude Note that the parameter Show 2nd EVM based on page 80 has no influence here i e all kind of symbols are used The parameters cf Demod Settings page 78 e Pilot Tracking e Compensate Amplitude Droop e Compensate IQ Offset e and especially Payload Modulation do have an effect 1309 9680 42 45 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Y AXIS DIV 1309 9680 42 The measurement Magnitude Error versus Symbols is useful e to see if the scaling of the measured symbols is correct e to see if there are problems at certain symbol instants e to see whether certain symbol types cause a high Magnitude Error e g the first 2 symbol instants represent mostly sync symbols Note that due to the Inter Carrier Interference a perfect TEDS signal will never show a Magnitude Error as low as a perfect single car
133. b carriers 150 KHz 48 sub carriers CALCulate LIMit BURSt ACPTrans CHAN lt 0 6 gt RELPower BANDwidth lt 0 3 gt This command sets the ACP Due to Transients relative power limit for the specified offset channel and channel bandwidth in dB The limit for any valid channel bandwidth may be set regardless of the current active channel bandwidth See SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze BANDwidth Examples CALC LIM BURS ACPT CHAN2 RELP BAND2 30 Assigns channel 1 a relative power limit of 30 dB for the ACP due to Transients measurement The limit has an effect if the channel bandwidth is set to 100 KHz Characteristics RST value Standard Limits SCPI device specific CALCulate LIMit BURSt ACPTrans CHAN lt O 6 gt RELPower CURRent RESult CALCulate LIMit BURSt ACPTrans CHAN lt 0 6 gt RELPower MAXimum RESult This command returns the ACP due to Transients measurement s relative power limit check result 0 Passed 1 Failed The result value corresponds to the current active channel bandwidth limit CURRent returns the result for the last found slot MAXimum returns the worst measured ACP due to Modulation power ratio Examples CALC LIM BURS ACPT CHAN4 RELP RES Limit check result for the relative power ratio of the ACP due to Transients measurement for the 1 channel for the last found slot is returned CALC LIM BURS ACPT CHAN4 RELP MAX RES Limit check result for the worst measured r
134. batteries cells is not observed either at all or to the extent necessary product users may be exposed to the risk of explosions fire and or serious personal injury and in some cases death Batteries and rechargeable batteries with alkaline electrolytes e g lithium cells must be handled in accordance with the EN 62133 standard 1 2 Cells must not be taken apart or crushed Cells or batteries must not be exposed to heat or fire Storage in direct sunlight must be avoided Keep cells and batteries clean and dry Clean soiled connectors using a dry clean cloth Cells or batteries must not be short circuited Cells or batteries must not be stored in a box or in a drawer where they can short circuit each other or where they can be short circuited by other conductive materials Cells and batteries must not be removed from their original packaging until they are ready to be used Keep cells and batteries out of the hands of children If a cell or a battery has been swallowed seek medical aid immediately Cells and batteries must not be exposed to any mechanical shocks that are stronger than permitted If a cell develops a leak the fluid must not be allowed to come into contact with the skin or eyes If contact occurs wash the affected area with plenty of water and seek medical aid Improperly replacing or charging cells or batteries that contain alkaline electrolytes e g lithium cells can cause explosions Replace cells or batterie
135. bols are known a priori e The ideal payload and header symbols can be built using the decided bitstream assuming there were no wrong decisions The output only consists of the symbol instants of this subcarrier from the first to the last 1309 9680 42 97 E 3 Measurements in Detail Block E Block F Block G Block H Block Block J R amp S FSQ K110 symbol defined in the slot Decision directed estimation of the modulation errors for this subcarrier using all the symbol instants defined in the selected type of slot Criterion is to minimize the Mean squared EVM of this subcarrier Compensate the errors estimated by Block E for this subcarrier 1 Timing error At m 2 Frequency error Af m 3 Scaling error Aa m 4 Phase error Aphi m All of these errors are small since they were already compensated in earlier signal processing blocks Optional compensation of the IQ offset estimated by Block E for this subcarrier The complex IQ offset value is subtracted from this subcarrier s IQ signal Please refer to parameter Compensate IQ Offset on page 80 Optional compensation of the amplitude droop estimated by Block E for this subcarrier The subcarriers IQ signal is multiplied with an opposed exponential function The subcarriers measured power should afterwards be as similar as possible to the ideal signal s power during the slot s useful part Please refer to parameter Compensate Amplitude Droop
136. bsystem specifies the units for specific result types COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT UNIT EVM DB PCT GlMBalance DB PCT UNIT EVM DB PCT This command specifies the units for EVM Summary Table results See FETCh BURSt SUMT able DB EVM summary table results returned in dB PCT EVM summary table results returned in Example UNIT EVM PCT EVM results returned in Characteristics RST value DB SCPI device specific UNIT GIMBalance DB PCT This command specifies the units for Gain Imbalance Summary Table results See FETCh BURSt SUMTable DB Gain Imbalance summary table results returned in dB PCT Gain Imbalance summary table results returned in Example UNIT GIMB PCT Gain Imbalance results to be returned in Characteristics RST value DB SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 187 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 5 Status Reporting Registers The status reporting system see Fig 62 stores all information on the present operating state of the instrument e g that the instrument presently carries out a calibration and on errors which have occurred This information is stored in the status registers and in the error queue The status registers and the error queue can be queried via IEC bus The information is of a hierarchical structure The register status byte STB defined in IEEE 488 2 and its associated mask register service request enable SRE form the uppermost level The STB receives
137. c FETCh BURSt SUMTable MAGerror CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable MAGerror AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable MAGerror MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable MAGerror MINimum This command returns the measured current i e of last found slot average minimum or maximum RMS magnitude error of the slots in dB Example FETC BURS SUMT MAG MAX The maximum magnitude error from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 165 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 FETCh BURSt SUMTable PHASeerror CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable PHASeerror AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable PHASeerror MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable PHASeerror MINimum This command returns the measured current i e of last found slot average minimum or maximum RMS phase error of the slots in degrees Example FETC BURS SUMT PHAS MAX The maximum phase error from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt SUMTable QUADerror CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable QUADerror AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable QUADerror MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable QUADerror MINimum This command returns the measured current i e of last found slot average minimum or maximum quadrature error of the slots in degrees Example FETC BURS SUMT QUAD MAX The maximum quadrature error from the most recent measurement Is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI
138. carrier 4 defined as the mean power of S1 S9 P1 P5 P9 For subcarrier 3 it is the mean power of S2 and 10 Results of Flatness Pilots measurement CarrierRefPower m the Reference Power for each subcarrier was calculated above using Formula 45 The pilot symbol powers are calculated at those symbol instants of subcarrier m where pilot symbols are PilotPower m k e m if m k is a pilot symbols position Formula 54 FOr Peommon Pm and R please refer to Formula 45 The pilot symbol power deviation is calculated by comparing the power of each pilot symbol with the measured Reference Power of the corresponding subcarrier PilotPower m k ge S A if m k is a pilot position Formula 55 CarrierRefPower m PilotPowerDeviation m k The different statistics of the detailed per symbol result PilotPowerDeviation m k are calculated this way Min max avg done according to chapter Arithmetic averaging on page 123 But the result later displayed as StdDev in unit dB is calculated as defined in Formula 81 in chapter RMS averaging using linear scale values All statistics of PilotPowerDeviation m k can be converted to unit dB PilotPowerDeviation m k 10 logl o 1 PilotPowerDeviation m k Formula 56 Different statistics of PilotPowerDeviation m k are used or shown as e The marker readings in the measurement Flatness Pilot The detailed per symbol result PilotPowerDeviat
139. channel power due to Transients Upper Channel index 1 measurement This command does not perform any measurement but is required before fetching measurement results or handling markers for this measurement Example CONF BURS SPEC ACPR TUPP Switch to the ACP due to Transients Upper Channel measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum ACPR TLOWer IMMediate Switch to the ACP adjacent channel power due to Transients Lower Channel index 1 measurement This command does not perform any measurement but is required before fetching measurement results or handling markers for this measurement Example CONF BURS SPEC ACPR TLOW Switch to the ACP due to Transients Lower Channel measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 145 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 CONFigure BURSt STATistics CCDF IMMediate Switch to the Complementary Cumulative Distribution Function CCDF measurement This command does not perform any measurement but is required before fetching measurement results or handling markers for this measurement Currently not yet available Example CONF BURS STAT CCDF Switch to the CCDF measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CONFigure BURSt STATistics BSTReam IMMediate Switch to the Bitstream measurement This command does not perform any measurement
140. cias t xicas gases l quidos etc que pueden generar da os a la salud Por eso en caso de incendio deben usarse medidas adecuadas como p ej m scaras antig s e indumentaria de protecci n En caso de que un producto Rohde amp Schwarz contenga un producto l ser p ej un lector de CD DVD no debe usarse ninguna otra configuraci n o funci n aparte de las descritas en la documentaci n del producto a fin de evitar lesiones p ej debidas a irradiaci n l ser Reparaci n y mantenimiento 1 El producto solamente debe ser abierto por personal especializado con autorizaci n para ello Antes de manipular el producto o abrirlo es obligatorio desconectarlo de la tensi n de alimentaci n para evitar toda posibilidad de choque el ctrico El ajuste el cambio de partes el mantenimiento y la reparaci n deber n ser efectuadas solamente por electricistas autorizados por Rohde amp Schwarz Si se reponen partes con importancia para los aspectos de seguridad p ej el enchufe los transformadores o los fusibles solamente podr n ser sustituidos por partes originales Despu s de cada cambio de partes relevantes para la seguridad deber realizarse un control de seguridad control a primera vista control del conductor de protecci n medici n de resistencia de aislamiento medici n de la corriente de fuga control de funcionamiento Con esto queda garantizada la seguridad del producto Bater as y acumuladores o celdas Si no
141. ckground causes the Marker pop up to be displayed and the marker to be switched MARKER 1 on Remote CALC1 MARK STAT ON Pressing the MARKER 1 softkey when the Marker pop up is displayed softkey has red background causes the marker to be switched off and the dialog to be hidden Remote CALC1 MARK STAT OFF Pressing the MARKER 1 softkey when the Marker is displayed but the Marker pop up is not displayed softkey has green background causes the Marker pop up to be displayed Remote CALC1 MARK STAT ON All markers in the active screen can be switched off by pressing the MARKER OFF softkey 1309 9680 42 91 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Assigning Markers to Traces Pressing the MKR gt hardkey opens a submenu that allows setting markers from one trace to another one or searching for the minimum or maximum of the trace the marker is currently on Note that the display to manipulate a marker in can be selected first by means of hotkey SCREEN A B MKR gt F PEAK F F MKR gt TRACE F MIN 1309 9680 42 Pressing the MKR gt hardkey displays the Marker Extension softkey menu TETRA2 Signal Level External Att Trigger Mode Free Run Trigger Offset Channel Bandwidth dBm 52 dB dBm 53 67 dB 25y 8 symb 5 syumbediv 38 symb Measurement Complete TC SPECTRUM f terme AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT
142. companies will be happy to answer them Furthermore it is your responsibility to use the product in an appropriate manner This product is designed for use solely in industrial and laboratory environments or if expressly permitted also in the field and must not be used in any way that may cause personal injury or property damage You are responsible if the product is used for any intention other than its designated purpose or in disregard of the manufacturer s instructions The manufacturer shall assume no responsibility for such use of the product The product is used for its designated purpose if it is used in accordance with its product documentation and within its performance limits see data sheet documentation the following safety instructions Using the product requires technical skills and a basic knowledge of English It is therefore essential that only skilled and specialized staff or thoroughly trained personnel with the required skills be allowed to use the product If personal safety gear is required for using Rohde amp Schwarz products this will be indicated at the appropriate place in the product documentation Keep the basic safety instructions and the product documentation in a safe place and pass them on to the subsequent users Observing the safety instructions will help prevent personal injury or damage of any kind caused by dangerous situations Therefore carefully read through and adhere to the following safety instructions
143. connection 3 Intentionally breaking the protective earth connection either in the feed line or in the product itself is not permitted Doing so can result in the danger of an electric shock from the product If extension cords or connector strips are implemented they must be checked on a regular basis to ensure that they are safe to use 4 Ifthe product does not have a power switch for disconnection from the AC supply network the plug of the connecting cable is regarded as the disconnecting device In such cases always ensure that the power plug is easily reachable and accessible at all times corresponding to the length of connecting cable approx 2 m Functional or electronic switches are not suitable for providing disconnection from the AC supply network If products without power switches are integrated into racks or systems a disconnecting device must be provided at the system level 5 Never use the product if the power cable is damaged Check the power cable on a regular basis to ensure that it is in proper operating condition By taking appropriate safety measures and carefully laying the power cable you can ensure that the cable will not be damaged and that no one can be hurt by for example tripping over the cable or suffering an electric shock 6 The product may be operated only from TN TT supply networks fused with max 16 A higher fuse only after consulting with the Rohde amp Schwarz group of companies 7 Do not i
144. consist of a binary data block 126 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control ABORt Subsystem The ABORt subsystem provide a mechanism by which running measurements can be aborted COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT ABORI TC a ET TAN ABORt Causes the current measurement being performed to be aborted Example ABOR The R amp S FS K110 option will attempt to abort the current active measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI conforming 1309 9680 42 127 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 CALCulate Subsystem CALCulate BURSt Subsystem The CALCulate BURSt subsystem performs a recalculation of the current IQ data based on the current settings Use this command when it is desired to reprocess the existing IQ data with new settings An example of when to use CALC BURS would be if you are attempting to identify a burst type with the same acquisition data while trying different slot types or modulation Function similar to that of hotkey REFRESP COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CALCulate lt 1 2 gt BURSt IMMediate CALCulate BURSt IMMediate This command causes the measurement results to be recalculated using the current settings and acquisition data OPC may follow this command to block until update is completed The command will return an error if the measurement is busy or if there is no acquisition data available Example CALC BURS Forces an update of the results CALC BURS Forces an update of the
145. dB A positive value means passed Margin for result G G E D calculating in unit dB A positive value means passed Depending on parameter ACP Display either the Reference Power c f ReferencePower in Formula 50 of only the last found slot or the average of all these results measured in all slots found so far These results are fetched from the demodulator CU The maximum value of all results ReferenceP ower p of all slots found so far Results of Power versus Time For the signal processing please refer to Fig 48 Remark This measurement does not make much sense for NDB slots The standard 2 does not specify this case Nevertheless the application allows measuring NDB slots Because the signal lQpyr t uses a high oversampling rate relative to the symbol rate it is considered quasi time continuous in the following calculations although it is sampled of course There are several time periods or instants to calculate for this measurement One important parameter is called Measurement Time and can be seen in the Demod Settings dialog cf page 82 It makes sure that not only the burst itself but a few extra symbols before and after can be seen and measured in the PVT measurement namely Measure in the duration of the slot or subslot and additionally 6 symbol durations before and after For the following calculations we therefore set in unit symbol durations tmeas 6 Time instan
146. diagram cf Fig 20 Exception For the TX channel the bar represents the maximum Reference Power measured in it cf Formula 50 51 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 1309 9680 42 The Summary Table in the upper half of the diagram shows the absolute and relative powers in all 6 offset channels where relative means that a power in the adjacent channel is related to the Reference Power cf Formula 50 measured in the TX channel by the demodulator for the same slot For more details about the trace please refer to Formula 67 on page 117 For more details about the result table please refer to Fig 20 on page 51 Please note that the switch ACP Display page 82 selects if the Current amp Max or the Average and Max results are shown in the table The FFT trace shown in the lower half of the diagram is the same as the one of measurement Spectrum FFT page 49 except that the span is wider The FFT trace serves only as a Signal overview no measurement results are derived from it The FFT trace is therefore even drawn if no slots are found A potential frequency offset or a wrong signal bandwidth can be identified with its help A potential frequency offset is not compensated for this measurement so it should be checked that it is low The limits to check the results against can be set by using the LINES hardkey Each signal bandwidth cf parameter Channel Bandwidth page 67 stores it
147. e last found slot trace will be shown 2 No slot at all is found in the currently used IQ data The same FFT processing as described before is done but on the whole currently captured IQ data The FFT result is show as current trace but it does NOT contribute to Min Max Avg result traces This trace should just give an overview The FFT span depends on the selected channel bandwidth cf parameter Channel Bandwidth page 67 Note that measurement ACP Modulation page 51 does show exactly the same FFT result but a wider span The Resolution Bandwidth RBW is in any case equal to 300 Hz The x axis frequencies are relative to the nominal set center frequency cf parameter Frequency page 67 For details about the signal processing please refer to Fig 44 on page 96 1309 9680 42 49 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 1309 9680 42 The measurement Spectrum FFT is useful to check if the signal has the expected bandwidth check the shape of the signal s spectrum to check if there are interferers in the signal to check if there are active adjacent channels to detect disturbances spurs spectral regrowth and clipping effects to roughly estimate the SNR 90 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings ACP Modulation ACP MODULATION 1309 9680 42 The ACP due to modulation measurement results are selected by pressing the SPECTRUM softkey in the main measurement softkey me
148. e EVM data symbol average limit is exceeded EVM Data symbol Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set if the EVM data symbol maximum limit is exceeded EVM Data Header symbols Average Limit Fail 4 This bit is set if the EVM data header symbols average limit is exceeded EVM Data Header symbols Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set if the EVM data header symbols maximum limit is exceeded EVM Data Sync Pilot symbols Average Limit Fail This bit is set if the EVM data sync pilot symbols average limit is exceeded EVM Data Sync Pilot symbols Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set if the EVM data sync pilot symbols maximum limit is exceeded EVM Sync Pilot symbols Average Limit Fail This bit is set if the EVM sync pilot symbols average limit is exceeded EVM Sync Pilot symbols Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set if the EVM sync pilot symbols maximum limit is exceeded 10 15 These bits are not used 1309 9680 42 194 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 3 gt Register 3 Miscellaneous Limits This register contains information regarding miscellaneous limit conditions related to the Summary Table measurement LIMit lt 1 2 gt corresponds to EVM related limits LIMit lt 3 gt to miscellaneous limits This register can be queried with commands STATus QUEStionable LIMit3 CONDition STATus QUEStionable LIMit3 EVENt Table 21 Register STATus QUEStionable LIMit3 Limit Regis
149. e Time 30 slots RECALL Att Mech Att Elec 5 00 de Slots 0107 24 999 ms div 424 996 ms Constellation ve Symbol Symbols All Carriers All Measurement Complete Mo bursts found FILE MANAGER SPECTRUM f terme AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A Fig 33 File Manager menu From the File Manager menu settings can be saved recalled and set as startup recall These options are discussed below 1309 9680 42 84 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings SAVE The SAVE softkey allows the user to save the current measurement settings and or results SAVE E 1309 9680 42 The SAVE softkey Save dialog equency 4 GHz Signal Level 30 c External Att O e SAVE Sweep Mode Saw E FILE Haa Haa TH SAVE 014 SAVE 020 Fo SAWE 015 F SA WE 021 SAVE DIE SAVE 022 aa SAVE 017 amp SAVE 023 aa fo SAWE DIBWLAN SAVE 024 es es NAME En En Ee Ee E TE E Constellat Current Settings TETRA2 Results All Limit Lines IQ Data All Transducers F User Limits All Traces OO WLAN Results Source Cal Data O WIMAX Results E Press SAVE FILE at any time to save Swe Cancel Measurement Complete Mo bursts found SPECTRUM f terme AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A Fig 34 Save file dialog OOOO ae From this panel the name of the file to be saved can be specified In addition the types of settings and measuremen
150. e de manera exclusiva en el conductor la responsabilidad de conducir el veh culo de manera segura y adecuada El fabricante no asumir ninguna responsabilidad por accidentes o colisiones No utilice nunca el producto dentro de un veh culo en movimiento si esto pudiera distraer al conductor Asegure el producto dentro del veh culo debidamente para evitar en caso de un accidente lesiones u otra clase de da os Eliminaci n 1 Si se trabaja de manera mec nica y o t rmica cualquier producto o componente m s all del funcionamiento previsto pueden liberarse sustancias peligrosas polvos con contenido de metales pesados como p ej plomo berilio o n quel Por eso el producto solo debe ser desmontado por personal especializado con formaci n adecuada Un desmontaje inadecuado puede ocasionar da os para la salud Se deben tener en cuenta las directivas nacionales referentes a la eliminaci n de residuos En caso de que durante el trato del producto se formen sustancias peligrosas o combustibles que deban tratarse como residuos especiales p ej refrigerantes o aceites de motor con intervalos de cambio definidos deben tenerse en cuenta las indicaciones de seguridad del fabricante de dichas sustancias y las normas regionales de eliminaci n de residuos Tenga en cuenta tambi n en caso necesario las indicaciones de seguridad especiales contenidas en la documentaci n del producto La eliminaci n incorrecta de sustancias peligrosas o combust
151. e following table While measuring the application will automatically use the limits for the signal bandwidth chosen by SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze BANDwidth BANDwidth Channel Bandwidth Number 25 KHz 8 sub carriers 50 KHz 16 sub carriers 100 KHz 32 sub carriers 150 KHz 48 sub carriers CALCulate LIMit BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt O 6 gt RELPower BANDwidth lt 0 3 gt This command sets the limits for relative powers in the ACP due to Modulation measurement for the specified channel and the specified channel bandwidth regardless of the current active channel bandwidth Unit is dB See SENSe DEMod FORMat BANalyze BANDwidth Examples CALC LIM BURS ACPM CHAN4 RELP BAND1 20 Assigns relative channel 1 a relative power limit of 20dB for the ACP due to Modulation measurement This limit takes effect if the channel bandwidth is set to 50 KHz Characteristics RST value Standard Limits SCPI device specific CALCulate LIMit BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt O 6 gt RELPower CURRent RESult CALCulate LIMit BURSt ACPMod CHAN lt O 6 gt RELPower MAXimum RESult This command returns the ACP due to Modulation relative power limit check result 0 Passed 1 Failed Note that the result value corresponds to the current active channel bandwidth limit CURRent refers the result for the last found slot MAXimum refers the worst measured ACP due to Modulation power ratio Examples CALC LIM BURS ACPM
152. e identified visually in the constellation diagram Note that due to the Inter Carrier Interference even a perfect TEDS signal will not show a perfect constellation diagram 99 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Symbols To Plot SYMBOLS TO PLOT Pressing SYMBOLS TO PLOT softkey displays a pop up dialog which allows the selection of which symbols to plot on the Constellation vs Symbol and Constellation vs Carrier display The choices of symbols to plot are All Data Header Sync or Pilot Be aware that certain combinations of Carrier Selection and Symbols To Plot will result in an empty result display namely if the selected type of slot does not contain any symbol of this type in the selected subcarrier s Remote CONF BURS CONS SYMB SEL Carrier Selection CARRIER SELECTION Pressing the CARRIER SELECTION softkey displays a pop up dialog which allows the selection of which subcarriers to plot on the constellation display Either a specific carrier number or all carriers can be selected This softkey is only allowed for display Constellation vs Symbol but not for display Constellation vs Carrier Remote CONF BURSt CONS CARR SEL Constellation vs Carrier CONSTELL VS CARRIER 1309 9680 42 CONSTELL VS CARRIER softkey Remote CONF BURS CONS CCAR IMM GENERAL SETTINGS 20 GHz Signal Level 30 dem External Att Single igger Mode Fr
153. e selection of the input path for analog np m El Baseband inputs Balanced e Either did e a single input 1 or Q may be used i e the signal is real valued low F signal modulated on a carrier of for example 1309 9680 42 15 E 3 Measurements amp Settings Balanced Advanced Baseband Settings IG Input 50 ohm I Path ja Low Pass Dither Low Pass Advanced Baseband Settings IS Input 50 Ohm IS Path ja Balanced Fa Dither Dither Advanced Baseband Settings 1 Input 50 Ohm It Path ja Balanced a Low Pass Digital Input Sampling Rate I Digital Full Scale Level Auto y 1 Digital Input Sampling Fate Auto wy 2 MHz 1309 9680 42 R amp S FSQ K110 10 MHz The other input is internally set to zero e or both inputs may be used complex baseband signal I j Q The Q Path parameter is editable only when analog Baseband input is selected by means of parameter Input page 74 Remote INP I0 TYPE Balanced switches the analog Baseband inputs between symmetrically balanced and asymmetrical unbalanced The Balanced parameter is editable only and has an effect only when analog Baseband input is selected means of parameter Input page 74 Remote INP I10 BAL When switched on the Low Pass parameter specifies that an analog anti aliasing filter is internally applied to all the IQ inputs The filter must be turned on if there might be frequency components harmonics above about 40 MHz
154. e than 2 dB from the average subcarrier Reference Power first set the corresponding limit value to 2 dB CALC LIM BURS SPEC FLAT DEVC 2 Then after measuring the signal query if no power was too large CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECTrum FLATness DEVCarrier MAXimum RESult AND if no power was too small CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECTrum FLATness DEVCarrier MINimum RESult Examples CALCI LIM BUROS SPEC FLAT DEVCSMAX RES The limit check result for the maximum measured subcarrier Reference Power deviation is returned as a Boolean value 0 Passed 1 Failed Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECtrum FLATness DEVPilot CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECtrum FLATness DEVPilot These commands set or return the limits used in the Spectrum Flatness measurements to compare the pilot symbol power deviation results against There is one limit for all kinds of results i e maximum average standard deviation RMS and minimum result The limit value must be a positive number A value of 1 dB means that a measured deviation of larger than 1 dB or smaller than 1 dB causes the limit check to fail Unit is always dB Examples CALC LIM BURS SPEC FLAT DEVP Returns the set limit for the pilot symbol power deviation results Characteristics RST value 1 dB SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 139 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 CALCulate LIMit BURSt SPECtrum FLATness DEVPilot
155. e that this command requires option B71 Example SENS IO LPASs 1 Switches on the low pass filter for the IQ inputs Characteristics RST value FALSE SCPI conforming SENSe SWAPiq lt Boolean gt This command defines whether or not the recorded IQ pairs should be swapped I lt gt Q before being processed Example SENS SWAP 1 Specifies that IQ values should be swapped Characteristics RST value FALSE SCPI conforming SENSe SWEep TIME lt numeric value gt This remote control command is used to specify the sweep acquisition period capture time for which the input signal is to be captured Allowed range is 34 ms to 1 53 seconds The slot value is automatically updated See SENSe SWEep SLOT Example SENS SWE TIME 0 040 The TEDS option uses 40ms as the specified sweep acquisition period Characteristics RST value 85ms SCPI device specific SENSe SWEep SLOTs lt numeric value gt This remote control command is used to specify the sweep acquisition period capture time in TEDS slot duration units for which the input signal is to be captured Allowed range is 2 4 to 108 TEDS slot duration units The time value is automatically updated See SENSe SWEep TIME Example SENS SWE SLOT 10 The TEDS option uses 10 TEDS slots for the specified sweep acquisition period Characteristics RST value 6 SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 176 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control STATus Subsy
156. e whether certain symbol type cause high EVM e g the header symbols are located in certain subcarriers only Note that due to the Inter Carrier Interference a perfect TEDS signal will never show an EVM as low as a perfect single carrier or OFDM QAM signal Pressing Y AXIS DIV softkey displays a pop up dialog which allows the settings of the Y Axis to be controlled The settings provided are similar to that provided for the EVM vs Symbol measurement screen please refer to chapter EVM vs Symbol Y Axis on page 42 Remote DISP WIND2 TRAC DISP WIND2 TRAC DISP WIND2 TRAC DISP WIND2 TRAC IS CABLTECARIAUTO SCALS lt ECARSUNTT OLAL ECARICENT Po UAL ECAR OFAN 44 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Magnitude Error MAGNITUDE The Magnitude Error results are selected by pressing the EVM softkey in the main RA measurement softkey menu followed by the MAGNITUDE ERROR softkey l 25 888 msi 424 997 ms EUM US CARRIER Remote CONF BURS MAGN IMM GENERAL SETTINGS Signal Level 30 dBm External Att Free Run Trigger Offset Channel Bandwidth Capture Memory Number of Samples Capture Time Ref 20 dBm Att Mech Att Elec DEMOD SETTINGS DISPLAY LIST iff EUM US SYMBOL 1 symbzdiv Measurement Complete SUPPORT spectrum EnaA Auro uL P Pun sci f Run cont f ReFresh f screen A A E Fig 17 Magnitude Error Results The Magnitude Error displ
157. easurements in Detail R amp S FSQ K110 Table 4 Description of the summary table of measurements Flatness Pilot and Flatness Carriers Description Minimum of the Reference Powers c f ReferenceP ower in Formula 50 of all the slots measured so far Arithmetic average calculated in Watts of the Reference Powers c f ReferencePower in Formula 50 of all the slots measured so far Standard deviation calculated in Watts of the Reference Powers c f ReferenceP ower in Formula 50 of all the slots measured so far Maximum of the Reference Powers c f ReferenceP ower in Formula 50 of all the slots measured so far iF Result A divided by the number of subcarriers Result F divided by the number of subcarriers Result G divided by the number of subcarriers Result H divided by the number of subcarriers For each slot the result Reference Power Deviation is calculated for every subcarrier Reference Power is measured for each subcarrier separately and compared to the slot s Average Subcarrier Reference Power i e the slots Reference Power divided by the number of subcarriers This result I is the minimum Subcarrier Reference Power Deviation measured so far Arithmetic average linear scale calculation of all the Subcarrier Reference Power Deviations measured so far This result will always be zero because of the way it is defined respectively calculated Standard deviation linea
158. ector Magnitude EVM per subcarrier or symbol EVM of whole slot For all symbols or for certain combinations of symbol types Magnitude Error per symbol and for whole slot 1309 9680 42 8 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 General Information Phase Error per symbol and for whole slot e Power versus Time e Adjacent Channel Power Absolute and Relative due to Modulation e Adjacent Channel Power Absolute and Relative due to Transients e FFT during found slots e Data symbol and Header symbol bit information e Capture time selectable up to 1 53 seconds multiple sweeps possible for large number of bursts Installation From the analyzer select firmware update gt Press the SETUP hardkey followed by NEXT FIRMWARE UPDATE and finally the FIRMWARE UPDATE softkey Following the instructions displayed Once the installation has completed the analyzer will reboot Once the option has been installed it needs to be activated gt Start up the analyzer gt Press the SETUP hardkey followed by the GENERAL SETUP softkey and then the OPTIONS softkey A list of the options currently activated is displayed gt Press the INSTALL OPTION softkey A dialog is displayed allowing the option key to be entered RBI 3 MHz UBH 10 HHz O Att 5 dp oT 5 ma FIR HARE OFTIONS DESCRIPTION NAME CODE ENAELE NEL OPTION Press D for character lines EBCODEFGHIJKLMANOPQRSTUVNAVZ ADO ssw Pte CIC ITC a _ 8 abcdefghijklonoporstuvexyzeol P lt gt 18y
159. ed ASCII format Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt SUMTable AMPDroop CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable AMPDroop AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable AMPDroop MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable AMPDroop MINimum This command returns the measured current i e of last found slot average minimum or maximum determined amplitude droop of the slots in dB sym Example FETC BURS SUMT AMPL MAX The maximum calculated amplitude droop from the most recent measurement Is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt SUMTable BPWR CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable BPWR AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable BPWR MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable BPWR MINimum This command returns the measured current i e of last found slot average minimum or maximum result of the mean burst power all symbol instances of the slot disregarding the symbol types in dBm Example FETC BURS SUMT BPWR MAX The maximum calculated burst power from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt SUMTable CRESt CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable CRESt AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable CRESt MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable CRESt MINimum This command returns the measured current i e of last found slot average minimum or maximum determined crest factor ration of peak power to average power of the slots in dB Example FETC BURS SUMT CRESt MAX The ma
160. ee Note that for the following R amp S FS K110 register values to be reflected to the STATus QUES CONDition register the appropriate bits must be enabled with the STATus QUEStionable ENABle command The default value for the ENABLE command is all bits off STATus QUESTionable ACPLimit This register is provided by R amp S FS K110 and is available from the R amp S FS K110 command tree STATus QUESTionable LIMit lt 1 2 3 gt This register is provided by R amp S FS K110 and is available from the R amp S FS K110 command tree STATus QUESTionable LMARgin lt 1 2 gt These registers are provided by the analyser and are not available from the R amp S FS K110 command tree STATus QUESTionable POWer This register is provided by R amp S FS K110 and is available from the R amp S FS K110 command tree STAT QUES ENAB This register is provided by R amp S FS K110 and is available from the R amp S FS K110 command tree The deviations from the status register structure of the base system are detailed below 1309 9680 42 190 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control STATus OPERation Register This register contains information regarding FSQ operating conditions In the CONDition command this register contains information on which actions the instrument is currently executing In the EVENt command this register contains information on which actions the instrument has executed since the last reading Reading the EVENt portion causes the c
161. ee Run Trigger Offset Channel Bandwidth Capture Memory Number of Samples 137700 Capture Time 30 slots Ref 20 dBm Att Mech A 0 00 de DEMOD SETTINGS DISPLAY LIST CONS TELL US SYMBOL 25 888 msvdiv Constellation vs Carrier Symbols All SYMBOLY TO PLOT CARRIER SELECTION do Aaa Z carrediv 17 carr Measurement Complete SUPPORT SPECTRUM f terme AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A gs Fig 26 Constellation vs Carrier Results 60 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings 1309 9680 42 The Constellation versus Carrier display shows the measured refer to signal lQmeas M k in Fig 45 IQ symbols e The symbol instants to plot are always From the first until the last symbol instant defined for the currently selected slot type cf parameter Slot Type page 79 e All subcarriers are plotted The CARRIER SELECTION softkey has no effect e The kind of symbols to plot can be set by the SYMBOLS TO PLOT softkey e Only the last slot found in the current capture buffer is plotted The main difference to the Constellation versus Symbols display is that the and the Q part are NOT drawn in the complex plane here Instead the axis of each constellation diagram each subcarrier is rotated 90 degrees So and Q are plotted on the same vertical axis a little bit left of it in yellow color Q a little bit right of it in blue color The ideal points are not displayed in contrast to the
162. elative power ratio of the maximum limit result for the ACP due to Transients measurement channel 1 is returned Characteristics RST value Standard Limits SCPI device specific CALCulate LIMit BURSt ALL This command sets or returns all the limit values as a group The results are input or output as a list of comma separated ASCII strings The results for the EVM limit values are dependent on EVM units dB or Percent The EVM units are specified with the UNIT EVM command The results are returned in the following order and format lt average EVM All Result gt lt max EVM All Limit gt lt average EVM Data Sync Pilot Result gt lt max EVM Data Sync Pilot Result gt 1309 9680 42 135 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 lt average EVM Datat Header Result gt lt max EVM Data Header Result gt lt average EVM Data Result gt lt max EVM Data Result gt lt average EVM Sync Pilot Result gt lt max EVM Sync Pilot Result gt lt average IQ Offset Result gt lt max IQ Offset Result gt lt average Frequency Error Result gt lt max Frequency Error Result gt lt average Phase Error Result gt lt max Phase Error Result gt lt average Magnitude Error Result gt lt max Magnitude Error Result gt Example UNTT lt EVM PCr EVM Percent Limits are selected to be returned CALC LIM BURS ALL All current summary table limits are returned in the specified comma separated ASCII format Characteristics RST value
163. elected the status bar will display the minimum and maximum settings allowed for the selected parameter see Fig 7 Min 5 Hz Max 40 GHz Fig 7 Status Bar When a parameter whose value is enumerated or Boolean in type is selected in any dialog the status bar will show N A displayed for the minimum and maximum since the minimum and maximum values are Not Applicable At other times the status bar shows the current measurement status along with detailed information about the progress through any running measurement The status bar is also used to display warning and error messages to the user In order to highlight these messages warning messages are displayed with a blue background and error messages with a red background Refer to Section 7 for a list of warning and error messages 1309 9680 42 30 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 General Information Save Recall This section of the user manual describes the Save Recall facility of the option The FILE hardkey opens the Save Recall softkey menu Any open settings views or pop up dialogs will be closed FILE Signal Level 30 dem External Att Free Run Trigger Offset Channel Bandwidth Capture Memory Humber of Samples 137700 Capture Time 30 slots Ref 20 dBm Att Mech J St Elec 5 00 0 00 dB RECALL STARTUP RECALL an rip A A Ree aa ae Constellation ve Symbol Symbols All Carrier All Measurement Complete FILE MANAGER SPECTRUM TERAZ AUTO LU
164. en A FORM DATA ASC The trace data will be returned as comma separated floating point values in ASCII format VCONPSBURS OELSE Select the Spectrum FFT measurement Spectrum FFT has the Capture Memory buffer available Note that Spectrum FFT has only two traces available Average and Current TRACE1 and TRACE4 TRACE2 DATA TRACE4 Returns the Spectrum FFT Average trace TRACE2 DATA TRACE1 Returns the Spectrum FFT Current trace TRACE2 DATA TRACE2 Returns an error Not Available TRACE1 DATA TRACE1 Returns the Capture Memory trace Note that the Capture Memory trace is available only on measurements that do not have summary tables Only TRACE1 is available for Capture Memory TRACe IQ DATA SRATe This command returns the sampling rate in Hz for the current IQ data Example TRAC 1Q DATA SRAT Returns the current sampling rate in Hertz Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific IQ Measurements TRACe lQ DATA MEMory Returns all the IQ data associated with the current measurement Currently not available yet 1309 9680 42 184 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control Trigger Subsystem The trigger subsystem is used to synchronize device action s with events COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT TRIGger SEQuence MODE IMMediate EXTernal POWer LEVel EXTernal lt numeric_value gt POWer lt numeric_value gt AUTO lt Boolean gt Currently not available yet IQ lt numeric_v
165. ent Example CONF BURS PHAS Switch to the Phase Error versus Symbol measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 144 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control CONFigure BURSt PVT IMMediate Switch to the Power versus Time measurement This command does not perform any measurement but is required before fetching measurement results or handling markers for this measurement Example CONF BURS PVT Switch to the Power versus Time measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum FFT IMMediate Switch to the Spectrum FFT Fast Fourier Transform measurement This command does not perform any measurement but is required before fetching measurement results or handling markers for this measurement Example CONF BURS SPEC FFT Switch to the Spectrum FFT measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum ACPR MODulation IMMediate Switch to the ACP adjacent channel power due to Modulation measurement This command does not perform any measurement but is required before fetching measurement results or handling markers for this measurement Example CONF BURS SPEC ACPR MOD Switch to the ACP due to Modulation measurement Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CONFigure BURSt SPECtrum ACPR TUPPer IMMediate Switch to the ACP adjacent
166. ent Complete SUPPORT SPECTRUM TERAZ AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A fn Fig 23 Flatness measurement example Subcarrier Power Deviation 96 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings 1309 9680 42 GENERAL SETTINGS Lone IES on dBm 1 00 dB DISPLAY aes LIST 1 00 O A Signal Level RFT 30 dem External Att Single igger Mode Trigger Offset iff SPECTRUM FFT ACP MODULATION Pilot Power Deviation cB Slots 200 of 200 32 ACP TRANS UPPER 4 L AA a E 5 carr 1 carrediv 5 carr ACP TRANS LOWER i Measurement Complete SUPPORT SPECTRUM f terme AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A Fig 24 Flatness measurement example Pilot Symbol Power Deviation This measurement checks the power deviation of the subcarriers and the pilot symbols e For Flatness Carriers this is in detail Deviation of the measured Reference Power of each subcarrier from the slot s Average Subcarrier Reference Power The Reference Power of each subcarrier is the average power of all its pilot and sync symbols please refer to Formula 45 And the slot s Average Subcarrier Reference Power is the measured total Reference Power of the whole slot mean power of ALL sync and pilot symbols please refer to Formula 49 divided by the number of subcarriers The final result is a vector one value per subcarrier lt is disp
167. eristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt ACPMod RBW This command returns the RBW used for the FF T based spectrum overview trace in the most recent ACP due to Modulation measurement Units are Hertz This command is valid only if the ACP due to Modulation measurement is selected This filter bandwidth is only relevant for the spectrum overview lt does not affect any ACP results Example FETC BURS ACPM RBW The RBW used for the spectrum overview in the most recent ACP due to Modulation measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 157 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 FETCh BURSt ACPTrans CHAN lt O 6 gt The following comments apply to the ACP due to Transient measurement results For the ACP measurements seven channels of data values are available The SCPI channel numbers CHAN lt O 2 gt correspond to the following relative channel numbers that are displayed in Fig 61 Fig 61 ACP due to Transients Relative Channel Numbers Channel Number ACP due to Transient Relative Channel Number ICO CCE ICO CCT FETCh BURSt ACPTrans CHAN lt O 6 gt ABSPower CURRent FETCh BURSt ACPTrans CHAN lt O 6 gt ABSPower MAXimum FETCh BURSt ACPTrans CHAN lt O 6 gt ABSPower AVERage This command returns the measured current maximum and average determined absolute power in dBm Example FETC BURS ACPT CHAN2 ABSP MAX The maximum calculated absolute
168. ersus Time measurements this command returns the measured current average minimum and maximum results for before burst power in dB The Power versus Time measurement must be selected to obtain results Example FETC BURS PVTT BEFB MAX The maximum calculated before burst power for the most recent PVT measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt PVTTable REFPower CURRent FETCh BURSt PVTTable REFPower AVERage FETCh BURSt PVTTable REFPower MINimum FETCh BURSt PVTTable REFPower MAXimum For the Power versus Time measurements this command returns the measured current average minimum and maximum results for the reference power in dB The Power versus Time measurement must be selected to obtain results Example FETC BURS PVIT REFP MAX The maximum calculated reference power for the most recent PVT measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 160 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control FETCh BURSt PVTTable RELafterpower CURRent FETCh BURSt PVTTable RELafterpower AVERage FETCh BURSt PVTTable RELafterpower MINimum FETCh BURSt PVTTable RELafterpower MAXimum For the Power versus Time measurements this command returns the measured current average minimum and maximum results for power after burst relative to reference power in dB The Power versus Time measurement must be selected to obtain results Example FETC BURS P
169. ese commands set or return the comparison limits for the average or maximum RMS EVM of a slot where all symbol types contributed to the EVM The units for the EVM limits must be specified with the UNIT EVM command prior to this command being issued Examples CALC LIM BURS EVM ALL MAX The comparison limit for the maximum measured EVM where all kind of symbols contributed to the EVM is returned CALC LIM BURS EVM ALL 22 The comparison limit for the average measured EVM where all kind of symbols contributed to the EVM is set Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 136 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM ALL AVERage RESult CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM ALL MAXimum RESult These commands return the limit check results for the average or maximum measured RMS EVM of a slot where all kind of symbols contributed to the EVM The results are returned as a Boolean value where O Passed and 1 Failed limit exceeded Examples CALC LIM BURS EVM ALL MAX RES The limit check result for the maximum measured EVM using all symbols is returned as a Boolean value 0 Passed 1 Failed Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM DATA AVERage CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM DATA MAXimum These commands set or return the comparison limits for the average or maximum measured RMS EVM of a slot where only the data symbols contributed to
170. ess Burst RAB Setting a value not matching the input signal type willin most cases cause the application to demodulate nothing at all For more details please refer to chapter Slot search details on page 16 Remote SENS DEM FORM BAN BTYP Channel Bandwidth Signal Characteristics Channel Bandwidth specifies the channel bandwidth i e the EOE ee re number of subcarriers of the signals to search for and analyze Slot Type Normal Downlink NDB Setting a value not matching the input signal type will in most Channel Bandwidth 50 kHz 16 carr cases cause the application to demodulate nothing at all For more details please refer to chapter Slot search details on page 16 Remote SENS DEM FORM BAN BAND 1309 9680 42 67 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Level Settings The level settings are the general settings concerning the level and attenuation of the signal to be measured Auto Level patie ramet eee erp Auto Level is not available in present releases of the R amp S es T FS K110 application Signal Level RF Level Settings Signal Level RF specifies the expected mean level of the Signal Level RF Auto Level strongest burst or slot in the RF input signal The R amp S FS Ext Att O de K110 application automatically adds an assumed constant Crest Factor of 10 dB to the input Signal Level RF to get and set the Reference Level of the instrument This Reference Level sets t
171. eturn an error Example INPut I1Q BAL 1 Specifies symmetrical balanced IQ inputs Characteristics RST value TRUE SCPI conforming INPut IQ IMPedance LOW HIGH This remote control command specifies the input impedance for the analog Baseband IQ inputs The high impedance value is dependent on the analog Baseband hardware version installed in the instrument When option B71 is not installed this command will return an error Example INPut IQ IMP LOW Specifies low input impedance for IQ inputs Characteristics RST value LOW SCPI conforming INPut IQ TYPE IQ I Q This remote control command specifies the input path for the analog Baseband input The values which can be specified are as follows INPutlQ TYPE IQ I j Q default INPut IQ TYPE Only INPut IQ TYPE Q Q Only Note that this command requires option B71 Example INPut IQ TYPE I Specifies only the input is used for the analog Baseband path Characteristics RST value IQ SCPI conforming 1309 9680 42 171 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 INSTrument Subsystem The INSTrument subsystem controls the selection of the R amp S FS K110 option COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT INSTrument NSELect lt numeric_value gt SELect TETRA2 INSTrument NSELect lt numeric_value gt This remote control command selects active operation of the R amp S FS K110 option by specifying its associated option number Example INST NSEL 110
172. evice specific 1309 9680 42 166 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control FORMat Subsystem The FORMat subsystem specifies the data format of the data transmitted to and from the instrument COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT FORMat DATA ASCii REAL UINT FORMat DATA ASCii REAL UINT This command specifies the data format for the TRACe DATA data transmitted from the instrument to the control PC It does not affect the way data is sent from control PC to the instrument The FORMat command must be sent before the trace is requested e g TRACe2 DATA TRACE1 Please refer to Table 14 for information on which FORMat commands are supported for each measurement Example FORM ASC The R amp S FS K110 option will send measurement trace data requested by the TRACE DATA command as comma separated ASCII values FORM REAL The R amp S FS K110 option will send measurement trace data requested by the TRACE DATA command as 32 bit IEEE 754 floating point numbers in the definite length block format This format is normally faster than the ASCII format FORM UINT The R amp S FS K110 option will send Bitstream data requested by the TRACE DATA command as 8 bit unsigned numbers in the definite length block format This option is only available for the Bitstream measurement Characteristics RST value ASCII SCPI conforming 1309 9680 42 167 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 INITiate Subsystem The INITiate
173. ficient for this measurement to measure only during the found slot but some additional time before and after it The parameter measurement time in the Demod Settings dialog page 82 tells the application to measure in the slot or subslot and additionally 6 symbol durations before and after it We define a signal corresponding to the power of the upper adjacent channel during this measurement time 1309 9680 42 114 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements in Detail P AcpTransUpper t ACP of during the measurement time Formula 61 R is the input sensi AcpTrans U t AcpTrans Upper t 10 log of EP Formula 62 lmWw Using ReferencePower of Formula 50 we get the relative ACP power signal in unit dB AcpTrans Upper t AcpTrans Upper t ReferencePower Formula 63 Note that a signal showing the adjacent channel power during the immediate time around a certain single slot is related to the Reference Power that belongs to the same single slot Different statistics of AcpTransUpper t are shown as e Traces of measurement ACP due to Transients Upper e SPCI CONF BURS SPEC ACPR TUPP IMM _ then fetch a trace Cf Formula 61 but now for the lower adjacent channel AcpTransLower t P joy ACP yl during the measurement time Formula 64 Converting to unit dBm AcpTransL t AcpTransLower t 10 logl of SpRaeonent Formula 65 1 mW Using ReferencePower of Formula 50 we get
174. for EVM slot subset is done according to chapter RMS averaging on page 122 All statistics of EVM EVM slot subset percent can be converted to unit percent slot subset 100 EVM sr subset Formula 24 All statistics of EVM siot subset Can be converted to unit dB EVM siot subset aB 20 logl OEVM stor subset Formula 25 Different statistics of EVM and EVM are shown as slot subset percent slot subset dB e The row 3 and 4 in the Summary Table measurement Please refer to Fig 28 results called C and D e SCPI For example FETC BURS SUMT EVM DATA FETC BURS SUMT EVM PIL 1309 9680 42 104 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements in Detail Carrier Frequency Error The total Carrier Frequency Error of a single subcarrier m is the sum of e the non decision directed estimated mean Carrier Frequency Error of the whole slot Af sa which is typically large cf Fig 44 e and the decision directed estimated frequency error of the single subcarrier m called Af m which is typically small cf Fig 45 Please also refer to Fig 46 The total mean Frequency Error in Hz of one subcarrier m is FreqError ne M Af roan Af Formula 26 The mean Carrier Frequency Error in Hz of a whole single slot is using Formula 26 1 M 1 FreqError EY XF req Error M Formula 27 m 0 The Min Max Avg Current statistic for FreqgError is done according to chapter MagM
175. from the demodulator The time slots used can be as the standard 2 specifies but they need not This means the interval between 2 slots can be arbitrary The slot search does not require an increase of the signal s amplitude during the slot duration Slot search does not depend on power ramping Slots at the very start and the very end of the capture buffer are always declined because some measurements like ACP due to Transients need some time before and after the slot for measuring Strong signals in adjacent channels can disturb the slot search if the parameter Max Carrier Offset on page 79 is set too high It must then be decreased A very low SNR excessive noise multipath or distortion can make the slot search unreliable The slot search requires that the signal is as specified in standard 2 especially the sync and pilot symbols The frequency offsets of the slots to measure must not be greater than the nominal center frequency plus or minus the demodulator lock range the user has selected please refer to parameter Max Carrier Offset on page 79 Otherwise the slots will not be detected at all or at least not reliably 1309 9680 42 16 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 General Information Navigation This section deals with navigation within the option Navigation here is taken to mean all forms of interaction with the option except for remote control The different methods of interacting with the option are Hotkeys Softkey
176. g described in chapter 5 13 of 2 Be aware that no kind of channel coding is done in the R amp S FS K110 so these are the bits received on the physical layer 62 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Results Summary The Summary Table is displayed when the display mode is set to LIST softkey DISPLAY LIST GRAPH This table shows the overall modulation errors and provides limit checking for result values in accordance with user set limits Remote CONF BURS SUMT IMM Signal Level 30 dBm External Att Od GENERAL MA A SETTINGS 0 h al nnel Ba ni d e idth l DEMOD SETTINGS Number of slots o0 E T ea EVM All Symbols 2 06 10 00 33 72 Data Sync Pilot 2 06 CONSTELL 33 71 0 00 Cb US SYMBOL IQ Offset 46 86 Gain Imbalance Quadrature Error Phase Error 1 19 Magnitude Error 1 49 Measurement Complete Fig 28 Results of the Summary Table Result values which are within the limit as specified by the user are displayed in green Result values which are outside of the limits specified by the user are displayed in red with a to the left Results which have no limits specified by the user are displayed in white Limit values are displayed in white not bold Table 2 gives a very short description about the base result that is calculated for each row But these base results are not output Instead the application calculates the Min Mean Max statistic in a way that can vary f
177. g Baseband input if the center frequency is exactly zero e Feature Swap Q is even allowed for analog Baseband operation using only one cable low IF operation Remote SENS SWAP Input Settings The Input settings group contains settings related to the input source of the signal to be measured Note that this group is only available when the B71 analog Baseband input HW option and or the FSQ B17 digital Baseband input HW option is installed Input Input Settings Input allows the selection between RF and analog Baseband inputs and digital Baseband input The application does not offer this setting if the instrument does only offer an RF input The analyzer indicates the currently active signal path to the right of the upper half of the display not for all measurements in green color e BDI digital Baseband input B50 analog Baseband input 50 2 impedance B1K analog Baseband input 1 KQ impedance B1M analog Baseband input 1 MQ impedance For RF input there is no indicator Remote INP SEL 1309 9680 42 74 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Advanced Settings The Advanced Settings contains settings which control details of how the instrument operates and how measurements are performed The advanced settings are displayed on the right hand side of the General Settings view and are only displayed when the Advanced Settings checkbox is checked Note that this part of the dialog might not be
178. gative EXansition t CAL TBWRT analyzers STATUS OPERation PTRans1itiron 0 Sen Positive Evans ic Lor EOS CALL IBWRT analyzers INIT IMM Start sweep and synchronize with OPC CALL WaitSRQ boardID S result Wait for service request REM Continue main program here END SUB REM kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk 1309 9680 42 199 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 7 List of Warnings amp Error Messages The list of possible warning amp error messages are shown below No bursts found This message is displayed if no valid burst was detected in the input data To correct this problem check the following The connections between the DUT and analyzer are correct The input signal is of a sufficient level The capture time is long enough to capture at least one complete burst If running with a Free Run trigger then the capture time must be greater than the burst length ideally at least twice the burst length to ensure that a complete burst is recorded Check that the demod settings are correct Check the chapter Trouble shooting guide on page 13 No trigger was found for capturing the input signal data Either power or No trigger found or No IQ Data external signal level was set too high or the external trigger connection has not been made The application captures IQ data which can take over a second cf parameter Waiting for Capture Capture Time on page 71
179. generators and R amp S signal analyzers can be connected directly to each other without an R amp S ExlQ Box because they use the same digital interface format The invoked tool will recognize that no R amp S ExlQ Box is present to configure second scenario If the device under test uses a different digital interface format the R amp S ExlQ Box can serve as a versatile digital interface adapter between the device under test and the signal analyzer The invoked tool allows setting the parameters of the R amp S ExlQ Box 1309 9680 42 77 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Demod Settings This section of the user manual describes the Demod short for Demodulation Settings view where the settings associated with the signal modulation can be modified DEMOD The DEMOD SETTINGS edb displays the Demod Settings view SETTINGS A2 Demod Settings 50 dBm Oc GENERAL Demodulator Settings FERA ae Slot Type Control Uplink CUB 22 a Seen SSE D slats SETTINGS Payload Modulation 4 QAM Channel Bandwidth Demod RRC Roll off 02 an Summary Table aten 10 kHz TX ES E E EVM Settings NE CE os os Show 2nd EVM based on Data Sync Pilot aoo 2500 soo era Pilot Tracking mM Part of Slots in Tx Channel Compensate Amplitude Droop E 26 50 1 56 61 59 MEN Compensate Offset E 26 23 E AAA ACP Modulio Transients a a e ACP Auto e 67 00 i Offset Freq kHz o 25 50 75 ee Bandwidt
180. ger Should a fire occur the product may release hazardous substances gases fluids etc that can cause health problems Therefore suitable measures must be taken e g protective masks and protective clothing must be worn If a laser product e g a CD DVD drive is integrated into a Rohde amp Schwarz product absolutely no other settings or functions may be used as described in the product documentation The objective is to prevent personal injury e g due to laser beams 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 4 Basic Safety Instructions Repair and service 1 The product may be opened only by authorized specially trained personnel Before any work is performed on the product or before the product is opened it must be disconnected from the AC supply network Otherwise personnel will be exposed to the risk of an electric shock Adjustments replacement of parts maintenance and repair may be performed only by electrical experts authorized by Rohde amp Schwarz Only original parts may be used for replacing parts relevant to safety e g power switches power transformers fuses A safety test must always be performed after parts relevant to safety have been replaced visual inspection PE conductor test insulation resistance measurement leakage current measurement functional test This helps ensure the continued safety of the product Batteries and rechargeable batteries cells If the information regarding batteries and rechargeable
181. h kHz 25 18 15 18 ACP RRC Roll off 035 O35 0 35 Measure ACP Transients Pg E ia 300 Hz ACP Display ACP Avg 200 of 200 32 ACP TRANS Measurement Time UPPER Auto E ACP due to Transients B sym subjslot 6 sym PT E sym subjslot 6 sym ACP TRANS Spectrum FFT E sym subjslot 6 sym LOWER FLATNESS A ae I A Pellet te fel ba CARR Min NA Max NA SPECTRUM f 1Ema2 AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT fl REFRESH _REFRESH SCREEN A f SCREEN A MN _ Fig 32 Demod Settings view The Demod settings are logically grouped together into e Demodulator Settings e EVM Settings e ACP Settings currently not yet available e Measurement Time Settings currently not yet available When a particular parameter is selected within the Demod Settings view the status bar changes to display information about the valid settings for the selected parameter The parameters available in the Demod Settings view are dependent on the currently selected standard 1309 9680 42 78 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Demodulator Settings The demodulator settings specify the characteristics of the slots to be considered in the measurement results and how the demodulator should work Slot Type ee LOSE ae EEE Slot Type specifies the type of slot burst to analyze This a Payload Modulation TIT repeat of the S ot Type parameter given in the General Demod RRC RolLott 02 Settings view Max Carrier Offset 10 KHz Setting this paramete
182. has to be processed and digitized Instead the digital Baseband input gets a stream of IQ data that has been digitized or has been generated by means of SW outside the analyzer The analyzer can therefore not know the voltage that originally corresponded to a certain IQ sample magnitude The parameter Full Scale Level tells the analyzer which voltage corresponds to the maximum or Q value that can be fed into the digital Baseband input Ox7FFFF as integer or as fixed point about 1 0 j 0 0 or 0 0 j 1 0 The application does not offer this setting if the digital Baseband option FSQ B17 is not installed or the digital Baseband input is not used as signal path Remote INP DIO RANG Auto checkbox If not checked the correct Full Scale Level value must be entered manually If checked the Full Scale Level value cannot be entered manually Instead the R amp S FS K110 expects that the device under test sends the correct Full Scale Level value via the LVDS connection Only certain R amp S test transmitters will support this feature It is recommended to not check this checkbox right now Remote INP DIQ RANG AUTO OFF Ext Att Level Settings Ext Att specifies the external attenuation or gain applied to lA le a O V the input signal A positive value indicates attenuation a 0 dB negative value indicates gain Set this value if the signal is attenuated or amplified before it is fed into the instrument and the application should
183. hde 4 Schwarz Vous disposez donc d un produit fabriqu d apres les m thodes les plus avanc es Le d ve loppement la fabrication et les tests respectent nos normes de gestion qualit Le systeme de gestion qualit de Rohde 4 Schwarz a t homologu entre autres conform ment aux nor mes ISO 9001 et ISO 14001 Engagement cologique 1 Produits a efficience nerg tique 1 Am lioration continue de la durabilit environnementale Syst me de gestion de l environne ment certifi selon ISO 14001 1171 0200 11 V 04 01 Customer Support Technical support where and when you need it For quick expert help with any Rohde amp Schwarz equipment contact one of our Customer Support Centers A team of highly qualified engineers provides telephone support and will work with you to find a solution to your query on any aspect of the operation programming or applications of Rohde amp Schwarz equipment Up to date information and upgrades To keep your instrument up to date and to be informed about new application notes related to your instrument please send an e mail to the Customer Support Center stating your instrument and your wish We will take care that you will get the right information USA amp Canada East Asia Rest of the World 1171 0200 22 04 00 Monday to Friday except US public holidays 8 00 AM 8 00 PM Eastern Standard Time EST Tel from USA 888 test rsa 888 837 8772 opt 2 From outside
184. he instruments HW attenuator amplifiers Therefore setting Signal Level RF too low may cause compression in the instrument Setting it too high degrades the SNR The top of the y axis of diagram Magnitude Capture Display represents the instruments Reference Level So it is recommended to check there that the peak of the trace comes close to Reference Level but never above Note that the constant assumed Crest Factor of 10 dB is a compromise A signal with 8 carriers will have a lower maximum Crest Factor in the long run than one with 48 carriers For 48 carriers a very small percentage of slots will even have a crest factor higher than 10 dB So setting the Signal Level 1 2 dB higher or lower can gain 1 2 dB of SNR depending on the measurement situation Also note that the constant assumed Crest Factor of 10 dB also assumes that there is only one TEDS signal present at the input The application captures IQ data with a bandwidth much larger than the nominal set channel bandwidth so some neighbor channels are also seen by the instrument and must be taken into be increasing the parameter Signal Level RP The Signal Level RF parameter is not editable when analog or digital Baseband input is selected refer to parameter IQ Input on page 75 Remote CONF POW EXP RF DISP WIND1 TRAC Y SCAL RLEV RF 1309 9680 42 68 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Signal Level Baseband Level Settings S
185. he measured trigger to sync time in seconds from the signal that triggered capturing of IQ data to the first symbol instant of the first found slot in the current capture buffer This result is only useful if an external trigger is used The Power versus Time measurement must be selected to obtain results Example FETO sBURGSPVITS TRIG The trigger to sync time in seconds from the most recent PVT measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 161 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 FETCh BURSt SPECtrum FFT RBW This command returns the RBW used for the most recent Spectrum FFT measurement Units are Hertz This command is valid only if the Spectrum FFT measurement is selected Example FETC BURS SPEC FFT RBW The RBW for the most recent Spectrum FFT measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt SPECtrum FLATness ALL This command returns the results of the Summary Table which is shared by measurements Spectrum Flatness Carriers and Spectrum Flatness Pilots Data will only be returned if one of these measurements was previously selected by CONF BURS SPEC FLAT SEL CARR respectively CONF BURS SPEC FLAT SEL PIL For the returned results it does not care which of the two measurements was selected The results are returned as a list of strings Same order as in the Summary Table separated by a comma in the following ASCII format lt
186. her vertical lines show T1 and T3 times that are defined in figure 6 4 of 2 A green bar shows the slot or subslot duration The table in the upper half shows e Reference Power as defined in 2 i e the mean power of the RRC filtered sync and pilot symbols 38 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings e Slot Power The mean power of the PVT signal during the slot or subslot duration e The mean power before the burst i e before T1 absolute and relative to the Reference Power of the same slot e The mean power after the burst i e after T3 absolute and relative to the Reference Power of the same slot e Trigger to Sync The time from the event that triggered the start of the IQ data capturing to the first symbol instant of the first found slot in the current capture buffer The result Trigger to Sync is most useful if an external trigger cf Trigger Mode on page 72 is used Please refer to Fig 54 for detailed information about this result 1309 9680 42 39 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 EVM vs Symbol EVM VS SYMBOL 1309 9680 42 The EVM vs Symbol measurement results are selected by pressing the EVM softkey in the main measurement softkey menu followed by the EVM VS SYMBOL Softkey Remote CONF BURS EVM ESYM IMM 20 GHz Signal Level 30 dBm External Att GENERAL Single igger Wace Free Run Trigger Offset SETTINGS Channel Bandwidth Capture Memory Humber of S
187. ibles puede causar da os a la salud o da os al medio ambiente 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 12 Qualitatszertifikat Certificate of quality Certificat de qualite Sehr geehrter Kunde Sie haben sich fur den Kauf eines Rohde 4 Schwarz Produktes ent schieden Hiermit erhalten Sie ein nach modernsten Fertigungsmethoden hergestelltes Produkt Es wurde nach den Regeln unseres Qualitatsmanage mentsystems entwickelt gefertigt und gepr ft Das Rohde amp Schwarz Qualitatsmanagementsystem ist u a nach ISO 9001 und ISO 14001 zertifiziert Der Umwelt verpflichtet 1 Energie effiziente RoHS kontorme Produkte 1 Kontinuierliche Welterentwicklung nachhaltiger Umweltkonzepte 1 150 14001 zertifiziertes Umweltmanagementsystem Dear Customer You have decided to buy a Rohde Schwarz product You are thus assured of receiving a product that is manufactured using the most modern methods available This product was developed manufactured and tested in compliance with our quality management system stan dards The Rohde amp Schwarz quality management system is certified according to standards such as 1509001 and ISO 14001 Environmental commitment 1 Energy efficient products 1 Continuous improvement in environmental sustainability 1150 14001 certified environmental management system Certified Quality System ISO 9001 Certified Environmental System ISO 14001 Cher client Vous avez choisi d acheter un pro duit Ro
188. if the ACP Modulation 3 upper channel maximum limit is exceeded ACP Transient Lower Channel 1 Current Limit Fail This bit is set if the ACP Transient 1 lower channel current limit is exceeded ACP Transient Lower Channel 1 Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set if the ACP Transient 1 lower channel maximum limit is exceeded ACP Transient Upper Channel 1 Current Limit Fail This bit is set if the ACP Transient 1 upper channel current limit is exceeded ACP Transient Upper Channel 1 Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set if the ACP Transient 1 upper channel maximum limit is exceeded 1309 9680 42 193 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 3 gt Registers 1 2 EVM Related Limits This register contains information regarding EVM limits for the Summary Table measurement LIMit 1 corresponds to EVM limits in percent LIMit 2 to EVM limits in dB LIMit 3 to miscellaneous limits Limit Registers 1 and 2 have identical bit layouts as shown below These registers can be queried with commands STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt CONDition STATus QUEStionable LIMit lt 1 2 gt EVENt Table 20 Register STATus QUEStionable LIMit Limit Register 1 percent and 2 dB Meaning EVM ALL Average Limit Fail This bit is set if the EVM ALL average limit is exceeded EVM ALL Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set if the EVM ALL maximum limit is exceeded EVM Data symbol Average Limit Fail This bit is set if th
189. if there is one showing is selected Note this hardkey only functions when one of Results Summary ACP Due to Modulation Summary or ACP Due to Transients Summary table is active When the DISP hardkey is pressed the Display softkey menu is displayed if it is not already being displayed When the FILE hardkey is pressed the Save Recall and File Manager softkey menu is displayed allowing the save amp recall of settings and or measurement results of the R amp S FS K110 option When the PRESET hardkey is pressed the R amp S FSQ or R amp S FSU option is exited and a preset will be performed Note that all options including R amp S FS K110 shall also be preset All user set limits and parameters will be gone When the HCOPY hardkey is pressed the print manager softkey menu is displayed allowing selection of the items to be printed 21 E 3 General Information R amp S FSQ K110 External Keyboard The external keyboard is optional The keys on the external keyboard that can be used to interact with the R amp S FS K110 option are as follows Number keys 0 to 9 Decimal point Minus key ESC key ENTER key Left and Right Cursor Keys are used to Up and Down Cursor keys are used to CTRL keys Function Keys 1309 9680 42 Inserts a decimal point at the cursor position Changes the sign of the mantissa or exponent of a numeric parameter A is inserted at the cursor position in the case of
190. ignal Level Baseband has the same meaning as Signal aaa EE Level RF but for the analog Baseband input refer to parameter IQ Input on page 75 The application does not offer this setting if the corresponding analog Baseband option is not installed When using analog Baseband inputs it is even more important to set the Signal Level not too low Clipping in the ADC could occur which is even worse than rather soft compression in the mixer of the RF input Note that the analog Baseband input s Reference Level is not continuously adjustable in contrast to that of the RF input Changing the parameter Signal Level Baseband has therefore only a real effect if a threshold for switching the input attenuator was reached relais clicks Att reading on display changes trace of measurement Magnitude Capture Display changes Remote CONF POW EXP 1IQ DISP WIND1 TRAC Y SCAL RLEV IQ 1309 9680 42 69 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Full Scale Level IQ Digital When using the RF or the analog Baseband input the Full Scale Level Auto Y 1Y analyzer uses the parameter Signal Level to adjust its Digital Input Sampling Rate Auto Y 2 MHz hardware in a way that the mixer is not overloaded and no clipping occurs in the ADC But when using the digital Baseband input the analyzer uses the parameter Full Scale Level instead Parameter Signal Level is ignored because there is no physical signal that
191. ile Explorer dialog From this panel files and folders can be modified on the instrument s hard drive 88 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Trace Selection For a number of measurement displays the R amp S FS K110 application software allows the user to specify which traces to display The measurement displays that have this trace selection capability include e PVT e EVM vs Symbol e EVM vs Carrier e Magnitude Error vs Symbol e Phase Error vs Symbol e Spectrum FFT e ACP Due to Modulation e ACP Due to Transients Note that at least one trace must be left active Note that the display to activate or deactivate a trace can be selected first by means of hotkey SCREEN A B first The Show Trace pop up dialog is activated by pressing the TRACE hardkey This pop up dialog is shown exemplary for the measurement Power vs Time in the figure below The TRACE hard key allows individual traces to be switched on or off TRACE Show Trace Power vs Time 1 Current 2 Minimum rs 3 Peak Fa 4 Average Fa Fig 38 Trace Selection pop up dialog Remote DISP WIND2 TRAC1 STAT DISP WIND2 TRAC2 STAT DISP WIND2 TRAC3 STAT DISP WIND2 TRAC4 STAT 1309 9680 42 89 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Markers This section of the user manual describes the Marker facility of the option i The MKR hardkey the marker softkey menu Any settings views or pop up dia
192. imum AVERage OFFSet RELPower CURRent MAXimum AVERage RRCosine RBW ACPTrans CHAN lt 0 6 gt ABSPower CURRent MAXimum AVERage BANDwidth DELLimit CURRent MAXimum AVERage OFFSet RELPower CURRent MAXimum AVERage RRCosine COUNt PVTTable ALL AFTBpower CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum BEFBpower CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum 1309 9680 42 153 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT FETCHh BURSt PVT Table REFPower CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum RELafterpow CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum RELBeforepow CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum SLOTpower CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum TRIGsync SPECtrum FLATNESS ALL FFT RBW SUMTable ALL AMP Droop CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum BPWR CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum CRESt CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum EVM ALL CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum DATA CURRent AVERage MINimum MAXimum DHEAder DSPilot The following are queries only Refer to description for units Refer to description for units Refer to description for units Refer to description for units EVM All symbols Set units with UNIT EVM first Set units with UNIT EVM first Set units with UNIT EVM first
193. imum peak value in the current trace This command is valid for all measurements except Bitstream CCDF currently not yet available Constellation versus Carrier and Constellation versus Symbol Example CALC1 MARK MIN Sets marker 1 in screen A to the minimum value of the trace it is on Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt STATe This command switches the specified markers on or off This command is valid for all measurements except Bitstream CCDF currently not yet available Constellation versus Carrier and Constellation versus Symbol Example CALC1 MARK1 STATE ON Switches the screen A marker ON CALC2 MARK1 STATE OFF Switches the screen B marker OFF Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 129 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt TRACe lt numeric value gt This command assigns the selected marker to the indicated measurement trace in the selected measurement window This command is valid for all measurements except Capture Memory and ACP due to Modulation which have only 1 trace Spectrum FFT supports 2 traces current and average Please refer to Fig 55 for TRACe parameter to screen trace mapping Fig 559 Trace Parameter to Screen Trace Mapping NA Not Available TRACe Numeric Measurements ACP Trans Spectrum FFT Parameter with 4 Traces eea fea CNA aooo Average o average E
194. ion del producto y dentro del margen de rendimiento definido ver hoja de datos documentacion informaciones de seguridad que siguen El uso del producto hace necesarios conocimientos t cnicos y ciertos conocimientos del idioma ingl s Por eso se debe tener en cuenta que el producto solo pueda ser operado por personal especializado o personas instruidas en profundidad con las capacidades correspondientes Si fuera necesaria indumentaria de seguridad para el uso de productos de Rohde amp Schwarz encontrar a la informaci n debida en la documentaci n del producto en el cap tulo correspondiente Guarde bien las informaciones de seguridad elementales as como la documentaci n del producto y entr guelas a usuarios posteriores Tener en cuenta las informaciones de seguridad sirve para evitar en lo posible lesiones o da os por peligros de toda clase Por eso es imprescindible leer detalladamente y comprender por completo las siguientes informaciones de seguridad antes de usar el producto y respetarlas durante el uso del producto Deber n tenerse en cuenta todas las dem s informaciones de seguridad como p ej las referentes a la protecci n de personas que encontrar n en el cap tulo correspondiente de la documentaci n del producto y que tambi n son de obligado cumplimiento En las presentes informaciones de seguridad se recogen todos los objetos que distribuye el grupo de empresas Rohde amp Schwarz bajo la denominaci n de producto ent
195. ion m k a kind of sparse matrix can be packed to 4 different kinds of per subcarrier results which are kind of sparse vectors The Minimum statistic for a subcarrier m is the minimum of the deviations at all pilot symbols in this subcarrier m of all measured slots PilotPowerDeviationSC m min PilotPowerDeviation m k for all m k being pilot positions Formula 57 The Maximum statistic for a subcarrier m is the maximum of the deviations at all pilot symbols in this subcarrier m of all measured slots PilotPowerDeviationSC m max PilotPowerDeviation m k tor all m k being pilot positions Formula 58 The Average statistic for a subcarrier m is the arithmetic average of the deviations at all pilot symbols in this subcarrier m of all measured slots PilotPowerDeviationSC m mean PilotPowerDeviation m k for all m k Formula 59 being pilot positions 1309 9680 42 112 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements in Detail The StdDev statistic for a subcarrier m is the RMS value of the deviations at all pilot symbols in this subcarrier m of all measured slots PilotPowerDeviationSC yn M mean PilotPowerDeviation m k for all Formula 60 m k being pilot positions Note that all these per subcarrier results are not defined for subcarriers m which are not containing any pilot symbols at all All these per subcarrier results can be converted to unit dB just like the correspo
196. ion of the STATus QUEStionable LIMit register Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section Example STATS OURSS LIM Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific STATus QUESionable LIMit lt 1 2 3 gt CONDition This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus QUEStionable LIMit register Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section Example STAT OUES LIM COND Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 178 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control STATus QUESionable LIMit lt 1 2 3 gt ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus QUEStionable LIMit The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section for the summary bit Example STAT QUES LIM ENAB 65535 All events bits will be represented in the LIMit summary bit Characteristics RST value 65535 SCPI device specific STATus QUESionable LIMit lt 1 2 3 gt PTRansition O to 65535 This command determines what bits in the STATus QUESionable LIMit Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the STATus QUESionable LIMit Event register when that bit has a positive transition 0 to 1 The variable lt number gt is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that are to be enabled Example STAT QUES LIMit PTR 65535 All condition bits will be summarized in the Event register when a positive transition occ
197. is on page 42 Remote DISP WIND2 TRAC Y SCAL PHAS AUTO DISP WIND2 TRAC Y SCAL PHAS CENT DISPIWINDZ sTRAC TY SCALs PHAS SPAN 48 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Spectrum FFT SPECTRUM The Spectrum FFT measurement results are selected by pressing the SPECTRUM softkey ca in the main measurement softkey menu followed by the SPECTRUM FFT softkey Remote CONF BURS SPEC FFT IMM 390 05 MHz Signal Level 30 dBm External Att GENERAL Single Free Run Trigger Offset SETTINGS a Channel Bandwidth Capture Memory Humber of Samples 137701 Capture Time 30 0003 slots DEMOD Ref 20 dem Att Mech Att Elec 5 00 0 00 de Slots 102 of 102161 SETTINGS DISPLAY LIST E rele A A ee ee ACP MODULATION m subyslot 6 sym dorm FFT RBvV 300 Hz ACP TRANS UPPER ACP TRANS LOWER 24 kHz div 78 kHz Measurement Complete SUPPORT SPECTRUM teraz AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A gs Fig 19 Spectrum FFT Results example q HE Two cases must be distinguished 1 Atleast one slot is found in the currently used IQ data The signal around every found slot slot or sub slot duration plus 6 symbol durations before and after is multiplied with a window function and processed by an FFT Welch method All these single FFT results contribute to the total Min Max AVG result statistic of the measurement At the end of the measurement a Min Max Avg and a current i
198. is always the RMS EVM of all symbols in one slot But for the second row the choices are e All e Data Sync Pilot Data Header Data Sync Pilot Please also refer to Table 2 on page 64 Changing this parameter does in contrast to the other parameters in this dialog not require restarting the measurement Instead the measurement Summary Table is updated immediately with the correct results Remote FETC BURS SUMT EVM ALLI FETC BURS SUMT EVM DATA FETC BURS SUMT EVM DHE FETC BURS SUMT EVM DSP PETC BURS SUMT EVM SPIL Pilot Tracking specifies whether or not the measurement engine will try to track the amplitude and phase changes during the burst by means of the known sync and pilot symbols and compensate those changes At a certain symbol instant the same complex compensation value is applied in all subcarriers Please refer to Fig 44 and its descriptions Remote SENS DEM FORM BAN PTR Compensate Amplitude Droop specifies whether or not the measurement engine will compensate subcarrier wise for the estimated Amplitude Droop exponential amplitude decay or rise Please refer to Fig 44 and to Formula 28 Remote SENS DEM FORM BAN CAD Compensate IQ Offset specifies whether or not the measurement engine will compensate subcarrier wise for the estimated IQ offset Remote SENS DEM FORM BAN CIQ 80 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings ACP Modulation Transie
199. is column displays the straight forward standard deviation of the powers calculated in unit Watt For the power deviations unit dB This column displays the standard deviations of the dB values But they are calculated internally by averaging the squares of the deviations in linear scale RMS averaging This prevents that deviations in different directions compensate eachother After converting them to unit dB the results are always positive Because of the RMS averaging done internally the corresponding trace in the lower half is labelled RMS which is shorter than StdDev The measurements Flatness Carrier and Flatness Pilot are useful e for checking if Transmitter output power requirements of 2 and 1 are met e for checking if there is a remarkable channel amplitude response e for checking if the transmitter adjusts all subcarrier powers equally e for checking if the transmitter adjusts all pilot symbol powers equally 1309 9680 42 98 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Constellation vs Symbol CONSTELL om 1309 9680 42 The Constellation versus Symbol diagram is selected by pressing the CONSTELL softkey in the main measurement softkey menu followed by the CONSTELL VS SYMBOL softkey Remote CONF BURS CONS CSYM IMM 20 GHZ Signal Level 30 dBm External Att GENERAL Single igger Mace Free Run Trigger Offset SETTINGS Channel Bandwidth
200. isar a un medico En caso de cambio o recarga inadecuados las celdas o bater as que contienen electrolitos alcalinos p ej las celdas de litio pueden explotar Para garantizar la seguridad del producto las celdas o bater as solo deben ser sustituidas por el tipo Rohde amp Schwarz correspondiente ver lista de recambios Las bater as y celdas deben reciclarse y no deben tirarse a la basura dom stica Las bater as o acumuladores que contienen plomo mercurio o cadmio deben tratarse como residuos especiales Respete en esta relaci n las normas nacionales de eliminaci n y reciclaje Transporte 1 El producto puede tener un peso elevado Por eso es necesario desplazarlo o transportarlo con precauci n y si es necesario usando un sistema de elevaci n adecuado p ej una carretilla elevadora a fin de evitar lesiones en la espalda u otros da os personales Las asas instaladas en los productos sirven solamente de ayuda para el transporte del producto por personas Por eso no est permitido utilizar las asas para la sujeci n en o sobre medios de transporte como p ej gr as carretillas elevadoras de horquilla carros etc Es responsabilidad suya fijar los productos de manera segura a los medios de transporte o elevaci n Para evitar da os personales o da os en el producto siga las instrucciones de seguridad del fabricante del medio de transporte o elevaci n utilizado Si se utiliza el producto dentro de un veh culo reca
201. king step by step through an ordinary measurement Refer to section 2 for a detailed reference guide For this example a DUT will be used The DUT will be connected to the analyzer using the RF input of the analyzer The DUT will generate a Control Uplink Burst CB with 32 subcarriers and a payload modulation of 64 QAM Setting up the Measurement gt Start the R amp S FS K110 application gt Press the GENERAL SETTINGS softkey to open the General Settings view A2 General Settings 8 k ee o 0 dB Signal Characteristics 20 GHz ee Run Auto Step w 100 kHz Slot Type Control Uplink CUB DEMOD Channel Bandwidth 100 kHz 32 carr O SETTINGS Level Settings Signal Level RF Auto Level 30 dBm DISPLAY Ext Att O de LIST Data Capture Settings Capture Time 30 slots Number of Slots to Analyze 1 Trigger Settings Trigger Mode Free Run A va i B Trigger Offset 0 slot s ms div 424 997 ms EUM a Ext Trigger Lvl 500 mw Trigger Level RF Auto Level 20 dem IQ Settings uk SPECTRUM Swap ia Input Settings Input RF STATISTICS Advanced Settings Menu in 5 Hz hax 40 GHz SPECTRUM teraz AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A gt Select the Frequency field and enter the desired channel center frequency to measure gt Select the Slot Type for the input signal gt Select the channel bandwidth for the input signal The channel bandwidth will be either 25 kHz 50 kHz 100 kHz or 150 kHz gt Se
202. l 30 dem DISPLAY Ext Att O dB LIST Data Capture Settings Capture Time 30 slots Humber of Slots ta Analyze 1 Trigger Settings Trigger Mode Free Run Uaioe E ral E ml ct ie CONSTELL Ext Trigger Ls 500 my US CARRIER Trigger Level RF Auto Level 20 dem 10 Settings SYMBOLS Swap lG TO PLOT a cial CARRIER SELECTION Advanced Settings Menu Win 5 Hz hax 40 GHz SUPPORT SPECTRUM f Emma AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A gs Fig 30 General Settings view u oi di The parameters within the General Settings view are logically grouped together into e Signal Characteristics e Level Settings e Data Capture Settings e Trigger Settings e IQ Settings e Input Settings e Advanced Settings depends on HW options installed Any parameters that are not available for editing will have a grey background This usually occurs when one parameter setting makes another parameter invalid for example if the Trigger Mode is Free Run then none of the parameters below this Trigger Offset Power Level and Auto Power Trigger Level have any meaning so these parameters are greyed out When a particular parameter is selected within the General Settings view the status bar changes to display information about the valid settings for the selected parameter 1309 9680 42 66 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Signal Characteristics The Signal Characteristics settings are the general settings conce
203. l R amp S FSQ K110 Different statistics of AmplitudeDrooP gp are shown as e The row called Amplitude Droop in the Summary Table measurement e SCPI FETC BURS SUMT AMPL A positive Amplitude Droop value means that the measured signal s amplitude decreases versus time Crest Factor The Crest Factor is also called Peak to Average Power Ratio PAPR The application calculates the relation of the e maximum power e and the mean power of the signal IQp t cf Fig 44 and Fig 48 during the useful part of one slot The calculation requires e Frequency components outside the channel bandwidth were suppressed by a low pass filter e The evaluation range goes from symbol instant S1 up to symbol instant SN max i e covers the useful part of the slot e Qpy t is sampled with a sample rate very high compared to the symbol rate of the signal therefore we consider it quasi time continuous here although it is sampled of course e No compensations e g Amplitude Droop channel compensation were done on the signal The Crest Factor of the current found slot is LQ pr crest 1 LQ p 1 from slot s symbol time 1 to symbol time SN nax 2 CrestF actor max MO rv cres 0 Formula 31 Pyt Crest l SN nax 1 ENT ym The Min Max Avg Current statistic for CrestFactoris done according to chapter Arithmetic averaging on page 123 All statistics of CrestFactor can be converted to unit dB CrestFacto
204. l be used when the measurement is performed Example SENS DEM FORM BAN PTRA 1 The R amp S FS K110 option analyzes using pilot tracking Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific SENSe FREQuency CENTer lt numeric value gt The remote control command is used to specify the frequency that the Analyzer will use to make measurements against the input signal Example SENS FREQ CENT 50MHZ The R amp S FS K110 option uses the specified frequency value to set the Analyzer detection frequency Characteristics RST value 1GHz SCPI conforming 1309 9680 42 175 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 SENSe 1Q DITHer STATe lt Boolean gt This remote control command links a 2 MHz broad dithering signal at 42 67 MHz into the signal path of the analog Baseband inputs Note that this command requires HW option B71 Example SENS I0 DITH 1 switches on the 2 MHz broad dither signal Characteristics RST value FALSE SCPI conforming SENSe 1Q FREQuency CENTer lt numeric value gt This instruction sets the IQ value for Center Frequency Note that this is an independent value for center frequency that is used while dithering is active This command requires option B71 Example SENS 1Q FREQ CENT 50MHZ Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI conforming SENSe 1Q LPASs STATe lt Boolean gt This instruction switches an anti aliasing filter into the and Q branch of the analog Baseband inputs Not
205. l s spectrum using the measurement Spectrum FFT or ACP due to Modulation e Demodulator lock range too small If the frequency error of the DUT is unknown or known to be rather high it is recommended to increase the parameter Max Carrier Offset page 79 Check the signals spectrum using the measurement Spectrum FFT or ACP due to Modulation e Incase you use the analog base band input of the instrument Only one cable connected Cables interchanged Balanced unbalanced The low pass filter of the analog base band input refer to page 76 must be switched on if the signal has high frequency components above about 40 MHz Otherwise aliasing occurs e Incase you use the digital Baseband input of the instrument Cable is connected to the socket IQ DATA IN not IQ DATA OUT of the analyzer and to the socket BASEBAND DIGITAL OUT not BASEBAND DIGITAL IN of the R amp S SMU in case this vector signal generator is used Same parameter digital input sampling rate set in receiver analyzer and transmitter Ifthe R amp S EX IQ Box is used to interface a customer specific digital Baseband format to the format needed at the digital Baseband input of the R amp S analyzer Is the R amp S EX IQ Box configured in the correct way Remember that the center frequency is set to O Hz for digital Baseband input Remember that no trigger modes are supported for digital Baseband
206. layed trace results or condensed to scalar results result table by mathematical operations e For Flatness Pilots this is in detail Deviation of the measured power of any pilot symbol in each subcarrier from the corresponding subcarrier s Reference Power please refer to Formula 45 The final result is a kind of matrix with the size number of subcarriers times number of symbol positions in the slot But because not all subcarriers and not all symbol positions contain a pilot symbol the result matrix is a sparse matrix It is condensed to a vector trace results or even more to scalar results result table by mathematical operations The table in the upper part of the result display shows numeric results for details please refer to page 110 e As first result the Total Reference Power of the whole slot i e the mean power of all pilot and sync symbols in the whole slot e As second result the Average Subcarrier Reference Power i e the first result divided by the number of carriers e As third result the deviation of the Average Subcarrier Reference Power second result from the Reference Powers measured separately for each subcarrier mean power of pilot and sync symbols in that subcarrier Additionally it shows in which subcarrier the maximum and minimum unit dB 57 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 deviation occurred e As fourth result the deviation of the power of any pilot symbol in a s
207. lect the expected maximum value you expect as mean level during the strongest burst in this case it is selected to be 30 dBm All other settings in this view are sufficient for this example gt Press the DEMOD SETTINGS softkey to open the Demod Settings view 1309 9680 42 11 E 3 General Information R amp S FSQ K110 Demod Settings pe E 30 dem Dc GENERAL Demodulator Settings a ae Slot Type Control Uplink CUB Eeun cil abia SETTINGS Payload Modulation 64 GAM Demod RRC Roll off 0 2 Max Carrier Offset i 10 kHz EVM Settings Show 2nd EWM based on Data Sync Pilot DISPLAY Pilot Tracking a LIST Compensate Amplitude Droop Fa Compenzate IO Offset F F ACP Modulation Transients ACP Auto e mM i Offset Freq kHz T 625 87 5 1125 Bandwidth kHz A is i ra PA Hin dele AA y TY s a F ACP RRC Roll off 0 035 035 0 55 Measure ACP Transients Fa Measurement Time SPEC TRU ACP due to Transients B sym subislot 6 sym PT B sym subislot 6 sym spectrum FFT E sym sublslot 6 sym constent o sranistiess hin PA hax MIA SPECTRUM f_termaz AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A gt Set the Payload Modulation to 64 QAM gt All other settings in this view are sufficient for this example gt Close the Demod Settings by pressing the TETRA2 hotkey Performing the main measurement The set up for the main measurement is performed using the steps below gt Start the measurement by pressing the RU
208. logs on ial display when the marker softkey menu is displayed will be closed Power before Burst Relative to Ref Power Power after Burst Relative to Ref Power 254 a e 8 symb 5 syumbediv 38 symb Min 1000 a O MARKER SPECTRUM terme AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A ead Fig 39 Marker Menu From the marker menu it is possible to adjust the marker position and switch the marker display off Note that the display to activate or deactivate a marker can be selected first by means of hotkey SCREEN A B first Adjusting Markers After having activated please refer to previous chapter a marker can be adjusted by pressing the marker softkey in the marker softkey menu The MARKER 17 softkey displays the Marker pop up dialog The contents of the 1 ao marker pop up depend on the type of graph to which the marker being adjusted belongs E As soon as a field in the marker pop up dialog is adjusted then the marker position in the trace will update along with the results displayed for the marker Remote CALC lt 1 2 gt MARK lt 1 gt XCAR CALC lt 1 2 gt MARK lt 1 gt XFRE CALC lt 1 2 gt MARK lt 1 gt XSYM CALC lt 1 2 gt MARK lt 1 gt XTIM 1309 9680 42 90 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Toggle Marker Display Markers can be toggled by pressing the Marker softkey as follows Pressing the MARKER 1 softkey when the marker is not displayed softkey has grey l ba
209. lt 1 2 gt LIMIt BURSt SPECtrum FLATness DEVCarrier lt numeric_value gt AVERage RESult MAXimum RESult RMS RESult MINimum RESult DEVPilot lt numeric_value gt AVERage RESult MAXimum RESult RMS RESult MINimum RESult FERRor AVERage lt numeric_value gt RESult MAXimum lt numeric_value gt RESult IQOFfset AVERage lt numeric_value gt RESult MAXimum lt numeric_value gt RESult MAGError AVERage lt numeric_value gt RESult MAXimum lt numeric_value gt RESult PHASerror AVERage lt numeric_value gt RESult MAXimum lt numeric_value gt RESult The following tables apply to the ACP due to Modulation measurement limit channel selection For the ACP due to Modulation measurement six limit channels are available After a preset the application uses the limits defined in the standard You can change these limits as desired The SCPI channel numbers CHAN lt O 6 gt correspond to the following relative channel limits that are displayed on the measurement s display CHANnel Number ACP due to Modulation Relative Channel Number A e PEC ee ee Transmit channel Not available 1309 9680 42 133 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 E AO The applications stores separate limit sets for the analysis of signals with 25 KHz 50 KHz 100 KHz and 150 KHz So you have to specify the bandwidth you want to set limits for by using th
210. marks the maximum input level the digital Baseband input can have Measurements may be performed for RF or analog Baseband or digital Baseband input Please refer to parameter Input Settings on page 74 The unit of the parameter Reference Level horizontal top line of the Magnitude Capture Display will change between dBm RF input operation and Volt analog or digital Baseband input operation In case of analog or digital Baseband input operation the Magnitude Capture Display trace shows the relation in decibel of the input signal to the Reference Level s voltage But the marker and the trace delivered in SCPI operation have the measurement unit Volt no logarithm The Magnitude Capture Display measurement is good for checking e ls there a signal at all e Has the signal the correct power The maximum power should be near to the Reference Level but never above Too low levels increase the SNR e Have the bursts the assumed length e Does the slot search algorithm of the R amp S FS K110 accept all slots e Are there single burst or consecutive ones e Does triggering work as excepted cf Trigger Settings on page 72 e How many burst are there in the Capture Buffer cf parameter Capture Time on page 71 1309 9680 42 37 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Power vs Time PVT PVT F 1309 9680 42 The PVT measurement results are selected by pressing the PVT softkey in the
211. men O Fig 5 Quick access to softkeys 22 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 General Information Mouse The mouse can be used to select individual parameters within the settings views or pop up dialogs and to activate hotkeys and softkeys It can also be used to select values from a drop down list Selecting amp Editing Parameters Parameters are set either by numeric or alphanumeric entry or by simple selection from a list of possible values a drop down list is used to select an enumerated value or by using checkboxes to turn a parameter setting on and off In all cases the parameter has to be selected by placing focus on it and then editing has to be enabled before its value can be changed The rollkey and cursor keys on the front panel are provided for navigation and selection of parameters The numeric keypad rollkey and cursor keys on the front panel and an external keyboard optional are provided for the entry of parameter values Numeric Keypad The numeric keypad is provided for entry of numeric parameters It contains the following keys e Number keys O to 9 Starts editing of the selected parameter This enables a new value to be entered for a parameter directly without having to press ENTER first The digit will be displayed as the first digit of the newly entered value Inserts a digit at the cursor position when editing an alphanumeric parameter
212. n ensemble of N single result CurrentStatistic x N x N Formula 82 In words Take the last current result Maximum statistic of an ensemble of N single result MaximumsStatistic x N max x 1 x 2 x N Formula 83 In words Take the largest result Minimum statistic of an ensemble of N single result Minimumstatistic x N min x 1 x 2 x N Formula 84 In words Take the smallest result Average statistic of an ensemble of N single result 1 N AverageStatistic x N Tx Formula 85 s In words Calculate the arithmetic mean Example For these results x 1 4 5 8 N 4 The statistic would be e Min 4 e Max 8 e Avg 1 4 5 8 4 2 5 e Curr x 4 8 1309 9680 42 123 E 3 Measurements in Detail R amp S FSQ K110 MagMagnitude MinMagnitude statistic Current statistic of an ensemble of N single result CurrentStatistic x N x N Formula 86 In words Take the last current result Maximum statistic of an ensemble of N single result MaximumsStatistic x N x Smaxabs with X Smaxabs max x s Formula 87 In words Take the result with the maximum magnitude but keep it s original sign This is the result furthest from zero Minimum statistic of an ensemble of N single result MinimumStatistic x N X Sminabs with X Sminabs min x s Formula 88 In words Take the result with the minimum magnitude but keep it s original
213. n page 122 All statistics of PhaseError symbo 360 PhaseErrOr vo decree K TE PhaseError mbor K Formula 5 k can be converted to unit degree Different statistics of PhaseError ec 1 are shown as e Traces of measurement Phase Error vs Symbol e SCPI CONF BURS MAGN IMM then fetch some traces The RMS Phase Error of the whole slot is using Formula 4 PhaseError Formula 6 SN max 2 gt PhaseError nso k k The Min Max Avg Current statistic for PhaseError is done according to chapter RMS averaging on page 122 All statistics of PhaseError can be converted to unit degree 360 PhaseError go degree T PhaseError Formula 7 1309 9680 42 101 E 3 Measurements in Detail R amp S FSQ K110 Different statistics of PhaseErrory degree ATE SHOWN as e The row called Phase Error in the Summary Table measurement e SCPI FETCh BURSt SUMTable PHASeerror Magnitude Error The Magnitude Error at the symbol position k in subcarrier m is LO preas M K 10 poy mk C vag Note that this is not equal to the magnitude of EVM m k Formula 13 MagError m k Formula 8 The RMS Magnitude Error at a certain symbol instant k averaged over all M subcarriers is using Formula 8 M 1 gt gt MagError m k Formula 9 m 0 1 MagError nyo k vi The Min Max Avg Current statistic for MagkErro averaging on page 122 F
214. nados segun las normas de seguridad vigentes Nuestro sistema de garantia de calidad controla constantemente que sean cumplidas estas normas El presente producto ha sido fabricado y examinado segun el certificado de conformidad adjunto de la UE y ha salido de nuestra planta en estado impecable segun los estandares tecnicos de seguridad Para poder preservar este estado y garantizar un funcionamiento libre de peligros el usuario debera atenerse a todas las indicaciones informaciones de seguridad y notas de alerta El grupo de empresas Rohde amp Schwarz est siempre a su disposici n en caso de que tengan preguntas referentes a estas informaciones de seguridad Adem s queda en la responsabilidad del usuario utilizar el producto en la forma debida Este producto est destinado exclusivamente al uso en la industria y el laboratorio o si ha sido expresamente autorizado para aplicaciones de campo y de ninguna manera deber ser utilizado de modo que alguna persona cosa pueda sufrir da o El uso del producto fuera de sus fines definidos o sin tener en cuenta las instrucciones del fabricante queda en la responsabilidad del usuario El fabricante no se hace en ninguna forma responsable de consecuencias a causa del mal uso del producto 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 6 Informaciones elementales de seguridad Se parte del uso correcto del producto para los fines definidos si el producto es utilizado conforme a las indicaciones de la correspondiente documentac
215. nding per symbol result PilotPowerDeviation m k Please refer to Formula 56 These different per subcarrier results are used or shown as e The results Pilot Power Deviation in the table of measurement Flatness Pilot or Flatness Carrier e The traces in the measurement Flatness Pilot e Some results of SCPI FETCh BURSt SPECtrum FLATness ALL An example Please refer to Fig 49 CarrierRefPower m the Reference Power for each subcarrier is for example for subcarrier 4 defined as the mean power of S1 S9 P1 P5 P9 For subcarrier 3 it is the mean power of S2 and 10 The pilot symbol power deviation PilotPowerDeviation m k is only defined where pilot symbols are E g at 4 6 2 6 2 6 4 6 4 10 etc For P1 at 4 6 it is PilotPowerDeviation 4 6 PilotPower 4 6 A A AA ATA 1 CarrierRefPower 4 For P2 at 2 6 it is 2 PilotPowerDeviation 2 6 ONT AN CarrierRefPower 2 Fig 50 shows the summary table of measurements Flatness Pilot and Flatness Carriers All the contained results are explained in Table 4 Se S of TES arrier Reference Powers and Pilot Symbol Powers Total Reference Power Slot dBm Avg Subcarrier Reference Power reference Power Deviation a Carrier Pilot Power Deviation 0 Carrierssymbol Fig 50 Summary table example of measurements Flatness Pilot and Flatness Carriers 1309 9680 42 113 E 3 M
216. nimum and maximum values of the parameter from being exceeded and displays an Out of range message box if attempted Note The cursor keys increment decrement a parameter value in large steps Example Cursor down to 100MHz 2 c b gt E Note Each change of the parameter value takes place immediately No other keys need to be pressed 1309 9680 42 26 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Entry using rollkey Entry using external keyboard Terminating the entry Correcting the entry Aborting the entry 1309 9680 42 General Information gt Rotate the rollkey until reaching the required value Turning the rollkey clockwise increases the value turning it counter clockwise decreases the value The application prevents the minimum and maximum values of the parameter from being exceeded and displays an Out of range message box if attempted Note The rollkey increment decrement a parameter value in small steps Example Rotate to 200 MHz 3 Frequency 200 MHz Note Each change of the parameter value takes place immediately No other keys need to be pressed gt Enter value using number keys 0 9 in the same way as for using the number keys on the numeric keypad see above gt Press one of the unit keys on the numeric keypad The unit is entered in the parameters edit box and the new parameter value is set immediately gt Press the ENTER key on numeric keypad or external keyboard
217. ns the selected marker to the indicated frequency x position or fetches the frequency x position When to use this command may be found in Fig 56 The marker must be on to use this command Examples CALC2 MARK XFR 1GHZ Positions marker 1 in screen B to 1 GHz CALC2 MARK XFR Returns the current frequency value of marker 1 in screen B in Hz Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt XSYMbol This command positions the selected marker to the indicated symbol x position or fetches the symbol x position Note that for the Constellation vs Carrier measurement both XCAR and XSYM may be specified When to use this command may be found in Fig 56 The marker must be on to use this command Example CALC2 MARK XSYM 2 Positions marker 1 in screen B to symbol 2 CALC2 MARK XSYM Returns the current time value of marker 1 in screen B Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt XTIMe This command positions the selected marker to the indicated time x position or fetches the time x position Note that this command is valid only for the Capture Memory measurement which only appears in screen A The marker must be on to use this command Example CALC1 MARK XTIM 0 05 Positions marker 1 in screen A to x position of 50ms CALC1 MARK XTIM Returns the current symbol value of marker 1 in screen A in seconds Characteristics RST v
218. nsert the plug into sockets that are dusty or dirty Insert the plug firmly and all the way into the socket Otherwise sparks that result in fire and or injuries may occur 8 Do not overload any sockets extension cords or connector strips doing so can cause fire or electric shocks 9 For measurements in circuits with voltages Vims gt 30 V suitable measures e g appropriate measuring equipment fusing current limiting electrical separation insulation should be taken to avoid any hazards 10 Ensure that the connections with information technology equipment e g PCs or other industrial computers comply with the IEC60950 1 EN60950 1 or IEC61010 1 EN 61010 1 standards that apply in each case 11 Unless expressly permitted never remove the cover or any part of the housing while the product is in operation Doing so will expose circuits and components and can lead to injuries fire or damage to the product 12 If a product is to be permanently installed the connection between the PE terminal on site and the product s PE conductor must be made first before any other connection is made The product may be installed and connected only by a licensed electrician 13 For permanently installed equipment without built in fuses circuit breakers or similar protective devices the supply circuit must be fused in such a way that anyone who has access to the product as well as the product itself is adequately protected from inju
219. nts Settings The ACP Modulation Transients Settings specify the offset frequencies bandwidths and root raised cosine roll off parameters for both ACP measurements ACP Auto ACP Modulation Transients ACP Auto Offset Freg kHz Bandwidth kHz ACP RRC Roll ott Measure ACP Transients ACP Display Offset Freq ACP Modulation Transients ACP Auto Offset Freg kHz Bandwricdth kHz ACP RRC Roll ott Measure ACP Transients ACP Display Bandwidth ACP Modulation Transients ACP Auto Offset Freg kHz Bandwidth kHz ACP RRC Roll ott Measure ACP Transients ACP Display W 0 25 50 T5 25 18 18 18 0 055 035 0 35 ACP Avg o 25 s50 fis 25 16 15 15 o 035 035 0 35 I ACP Avg Wa 0 25 50 T5 25 16 15 15 o 035 035 0 35 ACP RRC Roll off ACP Modulation Transients ACP Auto Offset Freg kHz Bandwricdth kHz ACP RRC Roll ott Measure ACP Transients ACP Display 5 A ACP Avg z 0 25 50 T5 25 18 18 18 0 0 35 0 55 0 35 I ACP Avg Measure ACP Transients ACP Modulation Transients ACP Auto Offset Freg kHz Bandwricdth kHz ACP RRC Roll ott Measure ACP Transients ACP Display 1309 9680 42 A 0 25 50 iS 25 18 18 18 0 0535 035 0 35 I ACP Avg The setting ACP Auto is currently not yet available This means all ACP parameters are automatically set according to standard 2 and 1 dependen
220. nts of the associated EVENt section for the summary bit Example STAT QUES ACPL ENAB 65535 All events bits will be represented inthe LIMit summary bit Characteristics RST value 65535 SCPI device specific STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit PTRansition 0 to 65535 This command determines what bits in the STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Condition register of screen A or B will set the corresponding bit in the STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Event register when that bit has a positive transition 0 to 1 The variable lt number gt is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that are to be enabled Example STAT QUES ACPL PTR 65535 All condition bits will be summarized in the Event register when a positive transition occurs Characteristics RST value 65535 SCPI device specific STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit NTRansition 0 to 65535 This command determines what bits in the STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Event register when that bit has a negative transition 1 to 0 The variable lt number gt is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that are to be enabled Example STAT QUES ACPL NTR 65535 All condition bits will be summarized in the Event register when a positive transition occurs Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific STATus QUESionable LIMit lt 1 2 3 gt EVENt This command queries the contents of the EVENt sect
221. nu followed by the ACP MODULATION softkey Remote CONF BURS SPEC ACPR MOD External Att Trigger Offset Signal Level 400 im Continuous DEMOD SETTINGS DISPLAY LIST SPEC TRUM FFT RBWY 300 Hz Slots 28 281 ACP TRANS UPPER ACP TRANS LOWER 88 ca 188 8 kHz 25 8 kHz4div Running SUPPORT SPECTRUM TERAZ AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A Fig 20 168 6 kHz ACP Due to Modulation Results example Every time a slot in the TX channel is found the raw input signal around this slot is filtered with a RRC filter at different offset frequencies The RRC filter is as defined in 2 e Roll off 0 35 e Design symbol rate 18 KHz e Filter s frequency offset relative to the TX channel s nominal center frequency depends on the set signal bandwidth and the offset channel index The automatically set ACP parameters can be checked in the upper half of Fig 20 or in chapter ACP Modulation Transients Settings on page 81 There is the TX channel and 3 offset channels above and 3 below The application is able to exactly cut out the useful part i e first to last symbol instant from the RRC filters outputs because a demodulation took place The application calculates the mean power during the useful part of each slot found in the TX channel For each offset channel the maximum measured absolute mean power during the useful part is drawn as a green bar in the lower part of the
222. ockwise selects parameters in the downward direction turning it counter clockwise selects parameters in the upward direction Example Selecting Signal Level General settings p Signal Level RF 0 dBm Note When the Signal Level parameter is selected its label is highlighted blue When the desired parameter is reached press the rollkey to edit the parameter Selection using cursor keys Cursor or until obtaining the required parameter Within a list of parameters the Down and Right both move to the next item down in the list and the Up and Left keys both move to the previous item up in the list Within a table of parameters the cursor keys move the cursor in the direction indicated To start editing the parameter either press the ENTER key on the numeric keypad or press the rollkey Selection using mouse gt Use the mouse to move the cursor to the parameter and press the left mouse button to select the parameter gt To start editing the parameter either press the ENTER key on the numeric keypad or press the rollkey For numeric parameters editing can also be started by entering the new value directly from the numeric keypad without pressing the ENTER key first Selection using external gt Select parameter using the cursor keys in the same way as using the keyboard cursor keys on the front panel gt Tostart editing the parameter either press the ENTER key on the numeric keypad
223. of payload symbols varies depending upon the current slot type Please refer to Table 15 for header and payload sizes for each slot type The format of the returned data is identical for header and payload symbols Each symbol value is represented by a 1 byte unsigned integer value Supported data formats are ASCII and UINT Please refer to the FORMat DATA command If ASCII format is selected data is represented as a series of comma separated hexadecimal ASCII values No prefix such as Ox is used For additional information concerning the positioning of header and payload symbols for the different slot types please refer to standard 2 Annex P Table 16 Number of header and payload symbols for each slot type Channel bandwidth Control uplink Normal uplink Normal downlink 25 KHz Payload 84 Payload 76 Payload 200 Payload 204 Header 0 Header 8 Header 8 Header 32 50 KHz N A Payload 160 Payload 408 Payload 440 Header 8 Header 8 Header 32 Header 8 Header 8 Header 32 Header 8 Header 8 Header 32 Examples CONF BURS STAT BSTR Select the Bitstream measurement FORM DATA UINT The trace data will be returned as unsigned binary 8 bit integers in Definite Length Block Data according to IEEE 754 TRACE2 DATA TRACE1 The header data symbols associated with screen B for the Bitstream measurement are returned Note that TRACe 1 is not a valid selection for measurements that display a results summary table in scre
224. of pilot tracking if activated in block in of Fig 45 We also use Pomno Which is an internally used factor to compensate the power losses and gains the signal processing applied to the the whole IQ data cf Fig 44 i e it is common for all subcarriers e Scaling during capturing IQ data Attenuators or pre amplifier of the instrument are taken into account e The parameter external attenuation specified by the user is taken into account The mean power of a single subcarrier m is calculated at all measured symbol instants as DD ES 2 CarrierPower m h 3 LO nea m k Formula 43 max k l R is the input impedance The Min Max Avg Current statistic for CarrierPower m is done according to chapter Arithmetic averaging on page 123 The value CarrierPower m can be converted to unit dBm tt F la 44 per A e ormula CarrierPower m 10 logl0 1 mW Different statistics of CarrierPower m are shown as e By SCPI only FETCh BURSt SUMTable SCMPower The Reference Power of a single subcarrier m is calculated at all measured symbol instants of subcarrier m where sync or pilot symbols are common i m l 2 CarrierRefPower m EA gt LO meas m k Formula 45 m keQ Qmis a set of symbol indices Where in the subcarrier m are sync symbols or pilot symbols O is the size of IDX R is the input impedance The Min Max Avg Current statistic for CarrierRef Power m is done according
225. of these keywords needs to be included in the header of the command The effect of the command is independent of which of the keywords is used Example SENSe FREQuency CW FIXed 1309 9680 42 125 E 3 Remote Control Description of parameters lt Boolean gt lt numeric value gt lt num gt R amp S FSQ K110 The two following commands with identical meaning can be created They set the frequency of the fixed frequency signal to 1kHz SENSe FREQuency CW 1E3 SENSe FREQuency FIxXed 1E3 A vertical stroke in parameter indications marks alternative possibilities in the sense of or The effect of the command is different depending on which parameter is used Example Selection of the parameters for the command DISPlay FORMat FULL SPLit lf parameter FULL is selected full screen is displayed in the case of SPLit split screen is displayed Key words in square brackets can be omitted when composing the header cf Section 3 5 2 Optional Keywords The full command length must be accepted by the instrument for reasons of compatibility with the SCPI standards Parameters in square brackets can be incorporated optionally in the command or omitted as well Parameters in braces can be incorporated optionally in the command either not at all once or several times Due to the standardisation the parameter section of SCPI commands consists always of the same syntactical elements SCPI has therefore specified
226. ommand COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT lt numeric_value gt lt Boolean gt FORMat BANalyze BANDwidth B25 B50 B100 B150 BTYPe NDB NUB CUB RAB CADRoop lt Boolean gt CIQOffset lt Boolean gt MCARrier KH1 KH10 MODulation QM4 QM16 QM64 PTRAcking lt Boolean gt FREQuency CENTer lt numeric_value gt IQ DIT Her STATe lt Boolean gt FREQuency CENTer lt numeric_value gt IQ has its own value for CF LPASs STATe SWAPiq SWEep TIME lt numeric_value gt Sweep Time in Seconds SLOT lt numeric_value gt Sweep Time in Slots 1309 9680 42 173 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 SENSe BURSt COUNt lt numeric value gt This command defines the number of bursts that will be analyzed by the measurement This is number of slots to analyze value under Data Capture Settings on the R amp S FS K110 General Settings Panel Example BURS COUN 16 Sets the number of bursts to 16 Characteristics RST value 1 SCPI device specific SENSe BURSt COUNt STATe lt Boolean gt When this command is set to on the burst count parameter will be used by the R amp S FS K110 measurement otherwise the burst count parameter will be ignored This is No of Slots to Analyze checkbox under Data Capture Settings on the R amp S FS K110 General Settings Panel Example BURS COUN STAT 1 Sets the burst count state to ON Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific
227. on page 80 Optional pilot tracking calculated using all subcarriers The amplitudes and phases of the sync and pilot symbols in all subcarriers are compared against their ideal values The application calculates best fit some complex valued compensation values Wsp Ksp for all the symbol instants ksp where the slot either holds sync or pilot symbols The final values W k at all the symbol instants k in the slot are calculated by extrapolating and interpolating the few values Wsp ksp The IQ symbol at symbol instant k in each subcarrier is multiplied with the same corresponding complex value W k Please refer to the standard 2 and to parameter Pilot Tracking on page 80 Note that the pilot tracking can take care of arbitrary time varying amplitude and phase changes that were not compensated by earlier stages Block A and F in Fig 45 only compensate a constant over time amplitude and phase error Block H in Fig 45 only compensates an amplitude change that is exponential over time The evaluation algorithms requires e All the estimates of the slot based signal processing please refer to Fig 44 Not drawn in Fig 45 e All the estimates of the subcarrier based signal processing please refer to Fig 45 e The signal lQmeas m k i e the measured signal of subcarrier m at the symbol instants e The signal IQ m k i e the ideal signal of subcarrier m at the symbol instants k e The signal IQ m k i e the difference
228. ondition to clear These registers can be read using commands STATUS OPERation CONDition STATUS OPERation EVENt Table 17 Register STATus OPERation CALibrating This bit is set as long as the instrument is performing a calibration These bits are not used 4 MEASuring A 1 in this bit position indicates that a FS K110 measurement is in progress These bits are not used HardCOPy in progress This bit is set while the instrument is printing a hardcopy 9 to 14 These bits are not used This bit is always O 1309 9680 42 191 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 STATus QUEStionable Register This register contains composite information regarding operational conditions which may occur Bits 9 11 and 12 shown in bold are affected by the R amp S FS K110 specific registers Note that for the R amp S FS K110 register values to be reflected to the STATus QUEStionable register that the bits must be enabled with the STATus QUEStionable ENABle command The default value for the ENABLE command is all bits off The STATus QUEStionable register can be queried by commands STATus QUEStionable CONDition STATus QUEStionable EVENt Table 18 Register STATus QUEStionable These bits are not used 3 POWer This bit is set if a questionable power occurs cf also section STATus QUEStionable POWer Register FRE Quency The bit is set if a frequency is questionable cf section STATus QUEStionable FREQuency Regis
229. ons below Note When the rollkey or ENTER is pressed a drop down menu is displayed which contains all the available settings that may be selected for the parameter Selection of setting using cursor keys Selection of setting using rollkey Selection of setting using mouse Selection of setting using external keyboard 1309 9680 42 gt Cursor or 9 until obtaining the required setting gt Press ENTER on external keyboard or numeric keypad or press rollkey to select the desired setting of parameter Note Currently selected setting of the parameter is highlighted blue Pressing ENTER sets the new setting of the parameter immediately gt Rotate the rollkey until reaching the required setting gt Press rollkey to select setting Example Select Channel Bandwidth parameter Note Currently selected setting of the parameter is highlighted blue Pressing the rollkey sets the new setting of the parameter immediately gt When the parameter is selected and ready for editing select a new setting using the mouse by left clicking on the new setting from the drop down list The new setting of the parameter is set immediately gt Select setting using cursor keys gt Press ENTER to set the parameter to the new value 28 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 General Information Entry of a checkbox A checkbox is used for parameter settings that are either On or Off Boolean settings A checkmark v appears in the b
230. or Gain Imbalance for subcarrier m k symbol instant index S1 up to SNmax M total number of subcarriers 8 16 32 or 48 m subcarrier index 0 1 2 M 1 n ACP offset channel indices 3 2 1 1 2 3 lQacp t IQ signal used for the ACP measurements OV gt gt 1 IQer m k IQ error signal at subcarrier m and symbol instant k OV 1 IQmeas m k measured IQ signal at subcarrier m and symbol instant k OV 1 Qref m k ideal IQ signal at subcarrier m and symbol instant k OV 1 Qpyr t IQ signal used for the PVT measurement OV gt gt 1 lQsup m k RRC filtered Q signal of subcarrier m used for demodulation OV 1 lQraw t captured raw IQ signal OV gt gt 1 OV oversampling factor of a signal Sampling rate OV 2400 Hz q m decision directed estimated Quadrature Error for subcarrier m RRC Root Raised Cosine filter S m k Decided symbol value at subcarrier m and symbol instant k OV 1 SN max Number of symbol instants in slot Either 14 31 or 34 t time index seconds Tsym Symbol duration T sym 1 2400 s W k Complex compensation value for symbol instant k pilot tracking All signals with high oversampling factors OV gt gt 1 are considered quasi time continuous here although they are sampled of course 1309 9680 42 95 E 3 Measurements in Detail R amp S FSQ K110 Slot based signal processing Fig 44 shows the signal processing that deals with the whole slot all subcarriers together To
231. or different results for the N results where N is the number of slots found and demodulated so far in Fig 28 N would be 56 1309 9680 42 63 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Table 2 Short description of the base results of the Result Summary table The number of slots measured so far If the user specified a number of slots to measure in total please refer to parameter Number of Slots to Analyze on page 71 this number is additionally shown as e g 56 of 200 Average EVM of a single slot All symbols in the slot are used Unit is Please refer to Formula 21 Same as A but after all calculations the unit is converted to dB Please refer to Formula 22 O Average EVM of a single slot But the parameter Show 2nd EVM based on page 80 determines which symbol types are used to calculate the EVM Unit is Please refer to Formula 24 Same as C but after all calculations the unit is converted to dB Please refer to Formula 25 The average of the IQ offsets measured in M subcarriers of a single slot Unit is dB Please refer to Formula 39 The average of the Gain Imbalance measured in M subcarriers of a single slot Unit is Please refer to Formula 35 Same as F but after all calculations the unit is converted to dB Please refer to Formula 36 Average of the Quadrature Errors measured in M subcarriers of a single slot Unit is Please refer to Formula 42
232. or press the rollkey The new parameter value is set immediately Note Pop up dialogs where used do not close automatically They can be closed by pressing the ESC key In both cases if the new value is not valid then a message box is displayed and the entered value will be replaced with a valid value For example when a value above the maximum allowed is entered then the maximum value allowed will be shown in the entry box The parameter will still be ready for editing so that another value can be entered if desired gt Position the cursor to the right of the digit which is to be deleted using the cursor keys sa or gt gt Press the BACK key The digit to the left of the cursor is deleted gt Enter new digits Each digit is inserted to the left of the cursor the other digits are shifted right gt Press the ESC key during parameter editing The original parameter value is restored The new entry is deleted gt If a pop up dialog is displayed press the ESC key again The entry window is closed the original value remains active 27 E 3 General Information R amp S FSQ K110 Entry of an enumerated value Once a parameter has been selected see above a new value for an enumerated parameter can be entered in a number of ways To start editing the parameter either press the ENTER key on the numeric keypad press the rollkey or left click with the mouse on the drop down button before following the instructi
233. ot symbols Calculated on a downsampled signal oversampling 1 BVI a Le the mean power during the slot or subslot duration calculated by averaging the low pass filtered IQpyr t signal PVT predn of Formula 73 i e the mean power before the time T1 D C A using unit dBm which results in unit dB l e the mean power before T1 result C measured for a certain slot is related to the Reference Power result A of the same slot after dBm of Formula 75 i e the mean power after the time T3 F E A using unit dBm which results in unit dB l e the mean power after time T3 result E measured for a certain slot is related to the Reference Power result A of the same slot Trigger to Sync is the time from the event that triggered the start of the IQ data capturing to the first symbol instant S1 of the first found slot in the current capture buffer The result Trigger to Sync is most useful if an external trigger please refer to parameter Trigger Mode on page 72 is used No kind of min max average statistic is offered for the result Trigger to Sync Be aware that the trigger event time instant need not be equal to the time the first sample of the IQ data was captured at namely if the parameter Trigger Offset page 72 is not equal to zero By choosing a negative parameter Trigger Offset the result Trigger to Sync can be zero or even negative Please refer to
234. ots indicating the value at each symbol The RMS Phase Error at a certain symbol instant is calculated as the RMS average of the momentary Phase Error in all subcarriers For detailed information please refer to Formula 5 page 101 Note that the RMS Phase Error does not distinguish whether the measured signal s phase was smaller or larger than the ideal signal s phase Note that the parameter Show 2nd EVM based on page 80 has no influence here i e all kind of symbols are used The parameters cf Demod Settings page 78 e Pilot Tracking e Compensate Amplitude Droop e Compensate IQ Offset e and especially Payload Modulation do have an effect 1309 9680 42 47 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Y AXIS DIV 1309 9680 42 The measurement Phase Error versus Symbols is useful e to see if the phase of the measured symbols is correct e to see if there are problems at certain symbol instants e to see whether certain symbol types cause a high Phase Error e g the first 2 symbol instants represent mostly sync symbols Note that due to the Inter Carrier Interference a perfect TEDS signal will never show a Phase Error as low as a perfect single carrier or OFDM QAM signal Pressing Y AXIS DIV softkey displays a pop up dialog which allows the settings of the Y Axis to be controlled The settings provided are similar to the EVM vs Symbol measurement screen please refer to chapter EVM vs Symbol Y Ax
235. ox when the setting is On the checkbox is empty when the setting is Off Once a parameter has been selected see above a new value for a Boolean parameter can be entered in a number of ways Because Boolean parameters are very simple it is not necessary to press the ENTER key on the numeric keypad or to press the rollkey in order to edit them Toggle between the two gt Press the rollkey to toggle between the two states states of a checkbox using Example Turn Auto Level setting to Off rollkey Note The checkbox is empty when the settings is Off Toggle between the two gt Press the ENTER key to toggle between the two states states of a checkbox using Example Turn Auto Level setting to On numeric keypad Toggle between the two gt Left click on the checkbox to toggle between the two states states of a checkbox using a mouse Toggle between the two gt Press ENTER to toggle between the two states states of a checkbox using external keyboard 1309 9680 42 29 E 3 General Information R amp S FSQ K110 Status Bar amp Title Bar Title Bar The title bar is visible at the very top of the display when R amp S FS K110 is active and there are no settings views currently being displayed ete Fig 6 Title Bar The center of the title bar shows TETRAZ2 Status Bar The main status bar is displayed at the bottom of the display just above the hotkeys When a parameter in a settings view or pop up dialog is s
236. p Settings In this section we describe the measurements available on the R amp S FS K110 application Measurement Menus A summary of the measurement menus is shown in the figure below MEAS GENERAL SETTINGS DEMOD SETTINGS DISPLAY LIST GRAPE TETRA2 Fig 11 1309 9680 42 SPECTRU M Q d CONSTELLS gt STATISTICS Y GENERAL SETTINGS DEMOD SETTINGS DISPLAY LIST QRAR BIT STREAM SUPPORT DE R amp S FS K110 measurement menus PVT QA AA AA SETTINGS EVM y k _ ___ _ GENERAL DEMOD SETTINGS SETTINGS GENERAL DEMOD DISPLAY SETTINGS SETTINGS LIST GRAPE GENERAL DEMOD DISPLAY BUT SETTINGS SETTINGS LIST GRAPE DEMOD DISPLAY EMV VS SETTINGS LIST GRAPEN SYMBOL DISPLAY SPECTRU EMV VS LIST GRAREI ae CARRIER CONS TEEE ACP MAGNITUDE VS MODULATIO ERROR SYMBOL N CONSTELL ACP TRANS PHASE VS CARRIER UPPER ERROR SYMBOLS TO ACP TRANS Y AXIS PLOT LOWER DIV SUPPORT CARRIER FLATNESS So SELECTION CARR PILOT SUPPORT SUPPORT TE SUPPORT E 35 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Magnitude Capture Display
237. p k can be converted to unit percent EVM k 100 EVM po K Formula 15 symbol percent All statistics of EVM k can be converted to unit dB EVM mbol dB k 20 logl OEVM ombo k Formula 16 sy Different statistics of EVM y k and EVM symbol percent k are shown as e Traces of measurement EVM vs Symbol Unit can be switched manually e SCPI CONF BURS EVM ESYM IMM then fetch some traces Units can be switched before by CONF BURS EVM ESYM UNIT PCT CONF BURS EVM ESYM UNIT DB The RMS Error Vector Magnitude in a certain subcarrier m averaged over all symbol instants is using Formula 13 SN max 3 y EVM m k k 1 EVM price M Formula 17 The Min Max Avg Current statistic for EVM page 122 m is done according to chapter RMS averaging on carrier All statistics of EVM EVM carrier percent m can be converted to unit percent carrier m 100 EVM nia mM Formula 18 All statistics of EVM EVM m can be converted to unit dB carrier carrier dB m 20 logl OEVM arrier m Formula 1 9 Different statistics of EVM carrier percent m and EVM ziera M are shown as e Traces of measurement EVM vs Carrier Unit can be switched manually e SCPI CONF BURS EVM ECAR IMM 1309 9680 42 103 E 3 Measurements in Detail R amp S FSQ K110 Unit can be switched before by CONF BURS EVM ECAR UNIT PCT CONF
238. pilot symbols in the whole slot M is the total number of subcarriers of the signal The Min Max Avg Current statistic for ReferenceP ower is done according to chapter Arithmetic averaging on page 123 All statistics of ReferenceP ower can be converted to unit dBm ReferencePower lmw ReferencePower 10 logl o Formula 50 Different statistics of ReferencePower are used or shown as e The result called Reference Power in the measurement Power versus Time e The result called Ref Pwr in the measurement ACP due to Transients e The result called absolute Power of TX channel in the measurement ACP due to Modulation e SCPI FETC BURS PVTT REFP Results of Flatness Carriers measurement The total slot s Reference Power ReferenceP ower was calculated above using Formula 49 Division by the number of subcarriers delivers the average subcarrier Reference Power AvgSCReferencePower l AvgSCReferencePower Ta RS Formula 51 1309 9680 42 110 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements in Detail Note that this value is the same for all M subcarriers CarrierRefPower m the Reference Power for each subcarrier was calculated above using Formula 45 The Reference Power deviation for each subcarrier is erR SCRefPowerDeviation m A N O lo l Formula 52 AvgSCReferencePower The Min Max Avg statistic of SCRefPowerDeviation m is done according to chapter Arithmetic averaging on page 123 Bu
239. posible consecuencia de muerte 1 10 11 Antes de la puesta en marcha del producto se deber comprobar siempre que la tensi n preseleccionada en el producto coincida con la de la red de alimentaci n el ctrica Si es necesario modificar el ajuste de tensi n tambi n se deber n cambiar en caso dado los fusibles correspondientes del producto Los productos de la clase de protecci n con alimentaci n m vil y enchufe individual solamente podr n enchufarse a tomas de corriente con contacto de seguridad y con conductor de protecci n conectado Queda prohibida la interrupci n intencionada del conductor de protecci n tanto en la toma de corriente como en el mismo producto La interrupci n puede tener como consecuencia el riesgo de que el producto sea fuente de choques el ctricos Si se utilizan cables alargadores o regletas de enchufe deber garantizarse la realizaci n de un examen regular de los mismos en cuanto a su estado t cnico de seguridad Si el producto no est equipado con un interruptor para desconectarlo de la red se deber considerar el enchufe del cable de conexi n como interruptor En estos casos se deber asegurar que el enchufe siempre sea de f cil acceso de acuerdo con la longitud del cable de conexi n aproximadamente 2 m Los interruptores de funci n o electr nicos no son aptos para el corte de la red el ctrica Si los productos sin interruptor est n integrados en bastidores o instalaciones se
240. product In the product documentation the word ATTENTION is used synonymously These tags are in accordance with the standard definition for civil applications in the European Economic Area Definitions that deviate from the standard definition may also exist in other economic areas or military applications It is therefore essential to make sure that the tags described here are always used only in connection with the related product documentation and the related product The use of tags in connection with unrelated products or documentation can result in misinterpretation and in personal injury or material damage Operating states and operating positions The product may be operated only under the operating conditions and in the positions specified by the manufacturer without the product s ventilation being obstructed If the manufacturer s specifications are not observed this can result in electric shock fire and or serious personal injury or death Applicable local or national safety regulations and rules for the prevention of accidents must be observed in all work performed 1 Unless otherwise specified the following requirements apply to Rohde amp Schwarz products predefined operating position is always with the housing floor facing down IP protection 2X pollution severity 2 overvoltage category 2 use only indoors max operating altitude 2000 m above sea level max transport altitude 4500 m above sea level A tolerance of 10 sh
241. r 10 log10 CrestFactor Formula 32 Different statistics of CrestFactor are shown as e The row called Crest Factor in the Summary Table measurement e SCPI FETC BURS SUMT CRESt 1309 9680 42 106 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements in Detail Gain Imbalance The Gain Imbalance of a subcarrier m is g m cf Fig 45 which is an estimate of the two parameters vi m and v m in the transmitter cf Fig 46 The Gain Imbalance of a subcarrier m is a positive i e the path has a higher gain or negative value and is ideally O Gainimbalance m g m 1 Formula 33 v m The Gain Imbalance of the whole slot is calculated as 1 M 1 Gainlmbalance gt GainImbalance m Formula 34 m 0 GainImbalance is always positive i e whether or Q has more gain can not be distinguished anymore But values GainImbalance m O can never result in an average value Gainimbalance 0 slot The Min Max Avg Current statistic for Gainimbalance is done according to chapter RMS slot averaging on page 122 All statistics of GainImbalance can be converted to unit percent slot Gainimbalance ss percen 100 GainImbalance Formula 35 All statistics of GainImbalance can be converted to unit dB GainImbalance l GainImbal 20 log 10 _2__ ainlmbalance ap og 3 canimbalantes Formula 36 2 Different statistics of Gainlmbalance and Gainlmbalance y
242. r not correctly will in most cases cause the slot search algorithm to decline all slots and no slots at all will be demodulated For details refer to chapter Slot search details on page 16 Remote SENS DEM FORM BAN BTYP Payload Modulation Demodulator Settings Payload Modulation specifies the type of modulation used for Slot Type Normal Downlink ARDE Payload Modulation Ed aM the data sym bols of the slots Demod RRC Roll oft 02 Setting this parameter to the wrong value will not affect the Max Carrier Offset 10 kHz slot search i e which slots are found and demodulated but will make the demodulation worse and cause measuring of wrong modulation errors The choices of modulation are 4 QAM 16 QAM or 64 QAM For Random Access Burst only 4 QAM is allowed Remote SENS DEM FORM BAN MOD Demod RRC Roll off eae as ee Demod RRC Roll off is currently not yet available Se ea TEE This is the RRC filters Roll off factors the application uses for Demod RRC Roll off 0 2 demodulation not ACP It is fixed to 0 2 Max Carrier Offset i 10 kHz Max Carrier Offset sas Max Carrier Offset specifies the maximum carrier frequency Slot Type HMormal Downlink MDB i A TEE NEEN PIETET error a input signal is allowed to have so that all slots Demod RRC Roll off 02 contained in it will still be reliably found assuming that the ee A EN slot type and the number of carriers are set correctly the pilot and syncs
243. r scale RMS calculation of all the Subcarrier Reference Power Deviations measured so far Maximum Subcarrier Reference Power Deviation measured so far Results I J K L are checked against this limit Check passes if 1 limit lt result lt 1 limit Subcarrier in which result I was encountered Subcarrier in which result L was encountered Pilot Power Deviation is calculated for every pilot symbol in the slot Compare the measured pilot symbol power against the measured Reference Power of the subcarrier the pilot symbol resides Please refer to Formula 56 This result P is the minimum Pilot Power Deviation measured so far Please refer to Formula 57 Arithmetic average linear scale calculation of all Pilot Power Deviations measured so far Please refer to Formula 59 Standard deviation linear scale RMS calculation of all Pilot Power Deviations measured so far Please refer to Formula 60 Maximum Pilot Power Deviation measured so far Please refer to Formula 58 Results P Q R S are checked against this limit Check passes if 1 limit lt result lt 1 limit Subcarrier and symbol position in which result P was encountered oa B Subcarrier and symbol position in which result S was encountered Results of ACP due to Transients For the signal processing and the input signals please refer to Fig 47 The standard 1 tells that it is not suf
244. re buffer has been completed When a measurement is completed in continuous mode RUN CONT then a new measurement will be started Note that if the RUN SGL hotkey is pressed while a current measurement is running that measurement will be aborted and the Status Bar will display Measurement Aborted During a measurement the text Running is displayed in the Status Bar at the bottom of the screen After successful completion of a single measurement the Status Bar will display Measurement Complete 1309 9680 42 33 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Measurement settings summary The tabular section below the title bar shows the overall measurement settings used to obtain the current measurement results TR Signal Level 40 dBm External Att 0 de Sweep Mode Single Trigger Mode Power Trigger Offset slots Modulation Channel Bangdwvicdth Fig 10 Overall measurement settings summary The settings summary includes the following information fais Lac The nominal center frequency of the input signal or channel Sweep Mode Shows Single for a single measurement hotkey RUN SGL and Continuous for a continuous measurement hotkey RUN CONT Slot Type The type of slot burst being analyzed being searched for Signal Level The highest expected mean signal level for the input signal 1309 9680 42 34 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 R amp S FS K110 Measurement Results Measurements am
245. re ellos tambi n aparatos instalaciones asi como toda clase de accesorios S mbolos y definiciones de seguridad Aviso punto de peligro general Observar la documentaci n del producto Tensi n de alimentaci n de PUESTA EN MARCHA PARADA Atenci n en el manejo de dispositivos de peso elevado Peligro de choque el ctrico Corriente continua DC Indicaci n de estado de espera Standby 1171 0000 42 05 00 tencia superficie caliente Conexi n a tierra Conexi n a conductor de protecci n Corriente alterna Corriente AC continua Corriente alterna DC AC Conexi n a masa Aviso Cuidado en el manejo de dispositivos sensibles a la electrost tica ESD El aparato est protegido en su totalidad por un aislamiento doble reforzado Page 7 Informaciones elementales de seguridad Palabras de senal y su significado En la documentaci n del producto se utilizan las siguientes palabras de se al con el fin de advertir contra riesgos y peligros PELIGRO identifica un peligro inminente con riesgo elevado que provocar muerte o lesiones graves si no se evita 4 PELIGRO ADVERTENCIA identifica un posible peligro con riesgo medio de provocar muerte o lesiones graves si no se evita ATENCI N identifica un peligro con riesgo reducido de provocar lesiones leves o moderadas si no se evita AVISO indica la posibilidad de utilizar mal el producto y como consecuencia
246. requency offset relative to the TX channel s nominal center frequency depends on the set signal bandwidth For the measurement ACP due to Transients Upper the ACP measurement s frequency is higher than the center frequency The automatically set ACP parameters can be seen in the upper half of Fig 21 on page 53 or in chapter ACP Modulation Transients Settings on page 81 The standard 2 demands that the measurement range is not too short The R amp S FS K110 measures in the slot or subslot duration plus 6 symbol times before and after that The vertical lines show the symbol instants S1 x axis is O there and S14 or S31 or 34 i e the first and last symbols Other vertical lines show T1 and T3 times that are defined in figure 6 4 of 2 A green bar shows the slot or subslot duration 53 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 1309 9680 42 The application is able to exactly align the RRC filter s output to the slots timing because a demodulation took place The upper half of the diagram shows the absolute and relative powers in the upper adjacent channel In the table relative means that the maximum power in the adjacent channel is related to the Reference Power cf Formula 50 measured in the TX channel by the demodulator for the same slot For more details about the trace please refer to Formula 63 on page 115 respectively Formula 66 for the lower adjacent channel For more details about the result
247. rier or OFDM QAM signal Pressing Y AXIS DIV softkey displays a pop up dialog which allows the settings of the Y Axis to be controlled The settings provided are similar to the EVM vs Symbol measurement screen please refer to chapter EVM vs Symbol Y Axis on page 42 Remote DISP WIND2 TRAC Y SCAL MAGN AUTO DISP WIND2 TRAC Y SCAL MAGN CENT DISP WIND2 TRAC Y SCAL MAGN SPAN 46 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Phase Error PHASE The Phase Error results are selected by pressing the EVM softkey in the main BF CIN measurement softkey menu followed by the PHASE ERROR softkey Remote CONF BURS PHAS IMM 390 05 MHz Signal Level 30 dBm External Att GENERAL Single igger Mode Free Run Trigger Offset SETTINGS ion Channel Bandwidth Capture Memor Number of aaa E 377 n Capture Time 30 0003 DEMOD Ref 20 dBm Att Mech Att Elec 5 00 0 00 dB Slota 102 of 102 6 SETTINGS DISPLAY LIST US SYMBOL ge na RPT AA A rre oe CARRIER MAGNITUDE ERROR Y AXIS METTET 1 syumbediv Measurement Complete SUPPORT _ SPECTRUM _sPecTRUN E Ena AUTO LUL _ RUN SGL SGL _ RUN CONT CONT _ REFRESH SCREEN A a rs Fig 18 Phase Error Results The Phase Error display shows the RMS Phase Error measured for the first until the last symbol instant defined for the currently selected slot type cf parameter Slot Type page 79 The results are displayed on a per symbol basis with d
248. rmines what bits in the STATus QUESionable POWer Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the STATus QUESionable POWer Event register when that bit has a positive transition 0 to 1 The variable lt number gt is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that are to be enabled Example STAT QUES POWer PTR 65535 All condition bits will be summarized in the Event register when a positive transition Occurs Characteristics RST value 65535 SCPI device specific STATus QUESionable POWer NTRansition O to 65535 This command determines what bits in the STATus QUESionable POWer Condition will set the corresponding bit in the STATus QUESionable POWer Event register when that bit has a negative transition 1 to 0 The variable lt number gt is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that are to be enabled Example STAT QUES POW NTR 65535 All condition bits will be summarized in the Event register when a positive transition occurs Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific STATus QUEStionable SYNC CONDition This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus QUEStionable SYNC register Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section Example STAT SOURS SYNC sCOND Characteristics RST value SCPI Conforming STATus QUEStionable SYNC ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus QUEStionable SYNC register The ENA
249. rning the physical attributes of the signal to be measured Frequency Signal Characteristics o Frequency specifies the nominal Center Frequency of the OTE E signal to be measured Slot Type Normal Downlink NDB Also note the Auto Step and frequency step fields below the sica 50 kHz 16 carr Frequency field The frequency step sets the step size for adjusting the frequency using the Rollkey When the Auto Step box is selected the frequency step size is set equal to the channel bandwidth The Frequency parameter is also editable when analog Baseband input is selected however the frequency range is then limited according to the setting of the IQ Path parameter refer to page 75 as follows IQ Path Only Range 0 to 35 MHz IQ Path Q Only Range 0 to 35 MHz IQ Path 1 j 0 Range 35 to 35 MHz le negative frequencies only make sense for complex valued signals Real valued signals fed into the analyzer using only one cable only allow positive frequencies When measuring with the digital Baseband input the frequency parameter is fixed to O Hz and cannot be edited Remote SENS FREOQ CENT Slot Type Signal Characteristics Slot Type specifies the type of slot burst to search for and to Frequenc 390 05 MHz Ta EAE analyze The possible slot types are Normal Downlink NDE f e Normal Downlink Burst NDB Channel Bandwidth 50 kHz 16 carry e Normal Uplink Burst NUB e Control Uplink Burst CB e Random Acc
250. ry or damage 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 3 14 15 16 17 18 Basic Safety Instructions Use suitable overvoltage protection to ensure that no overvoltage such as that caused by a bolt of lightning can reach the product Otherwise the person operating the product will be exposed to the danger of an electric shock Any object that is not designed to be placed in the openings of the housing must not be used for this purpose Doing so can cause short circuits inside the product and or electric shocks fire or injuries Unless specified otherwise products are not liquid proof See also section Operating states and operating positions item 1 Therefore the equipment must be protected against penetration by liquids If the necessary precautions are not taken the user may suffer electric shock or the product itself may be damaged which can also lead to personal injury Never use the product under conditions in which condensation has formed or can form in or on the product e g if the product has been moved from a cold to a warm environment Penetration by water increases the risk of electric shock Prior to cleaning the product disconnect it completely from the power supply e g AC supply network or battery Use a soft non linting cloth to clean the product Never use chemical cleaning agents such as alcohol acetone or diluents for cellulose lacquers Operation 1 Operating the products requires special training and
251. s Hardkeys Numeric Keypad Roll key Cursor Keys External Keyboard Mouse Hotkeys Hotkeys are allocated to the seven keys at the bottom edge of the screen On initial start up of the R amp S FS K110 option the hotkeys provided are shown in Fig 1 These hotkeys are present at all times once the option has been started Initial Hotkey menu zu a A keystroke activates the associated hotkey An activated hotkey changes colour to green as shown N t i Y 1309 9680 42 17 E 3 General Information R amp S FSQ K110 These hotkeys perform the following operations SPECTRUM TETRA2 AUTO LVL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH 31404 EAE At SCREEN A B 1309 9680 42 The SPECTRUM hotkey exits the R amp S FS K110 option amp returns to the spectrum analyzer with most previous settings restored The TETRA2 hotkey returns the user to the main measurement menu of R amp S FS K110 where measurement results can be seen All settings views and pop up dialogs are removed from the display and the default softkey menu is displayed The TETRA2 hotkey remains green whenever R amp S FS K110 is active The AUTO LVL hotkey is currently not available yet The RUN SGL hotkey starts the selected measurement in single sweep mode This means that the measurement will stop if either one capture buffer is processed or if the number of slots set by the parameter Number of slots to analyze cf dialog Demod Settings is reached
252. s not already being displayed and the Frequency parameter is selected The SPAN hardkey is not available in present releases of the R amp S FS K110 application When the AMPT hardkey is pressed the General Settings view is displayed if it is not already being displayed and the relevant Signal Level parameter for the selected signal input is selected When the MKR hardkey is pressed the main Marker softkey menu is displayed if it is not already being displayed When the MKR gt hardkey is pressed the Marker extension softkey menu is displayed if it is not already being displayed The MKR FCTN hardkey is not available in present releases of the R amp S FS K110 application When the SWEEP hardkey is pressed the General Settings view is displayed if it is not already being displayed and the Capture Time parameter is selected When the MEAS hardkey is pressed the Main softkey menu is displayed if it is not already being displayed When the TRIG hardkey is pressed the General Settings view is displayed if it is not already being displayed and the Trigger Mode parameter is selected When the TRACE hardkey is pressed the Show Trace pop up dialog is displayed If the pop up dialog is already being displayed when the TRACE hardkey is pressed the dialog is dismissed When the LINES hardkey is pressed the Limit Lines softkey menu is displayed if it is not already being displayed and the first limit in the current summary table
253. s only with the matching Rohde amp Schwarz type see parts list in order to ensure the safety of the product Cells and batteries must be recycled and kept separate from residual waste Rechargeable batteries and normal batteries that contain lead mercury or cadmium are hazardous waste Observe the national regulations regarding waste disposal and recycling Transport 1 The product may be very heavy Therefore the product must be handled with care In some cases the user may require a suitable means of lifting or moving the product e g with a lift truck to avoid back or other physical injuries 1171 0000 42 05 00 Page 5 Informaciones elementales de seguridad 2 Handles on the products are designed exclusively to enable personnel to transport the product It is therefore not permissible to use handles to fasten the product to or on transport equipment such as cranes fork lifts wagons etc The user is responsible for securely fastening the products to or on the means of transport or lifting Observe the safety regulations of the manufacturer of the means of transport or lifting Noncompliance can result in personal injury or material damage 3 If you use the product in a vehicle it is the sole responsibility of the driver to drive the vehicle safely and properly The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for accidents or collisions Never use the product in a moving vehicle if doing so could distract the driver of the vehicle
254. s own set of limits All limits are automatically set to the ones defined in 2 when a PRESET is performed Afterwards the user can change them The measurement ACP Due to Modulation is useful e for checking if the requirements defined in 2 and 1 are met e for checking if the transmitter disturbs adjacent channels e for checking on spurs and interferers by means of the FFT trace For this measurement it is of course required that the offset channels are inactive 92 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings ACP Transients Upper ACP TRANS UPPER 1309 9680 42 The ACP due to Transients Upper result display is selected by pressing the SPECTRUM softkey in the main measurement softkey menu followed by the ACP TRANS UPPER softkey Remote CONF BURS SPEC ACPR TUPP IMM 390 05 MHz Signal Level 30 dBm External Att GENERAL Single Trigger Mode Free Run Trigger Offset SETTINGS Wodulation Channel Bandwidth DENOD SETTINGS DISPLAY LIST SPECTRUM FFT ACP MODULATION Z symbediv Measurement Complete SUPPORT SPECTRUM f terme AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A Fig 21 ACP Due to Transients Upper Channel example Every time a slot in the TX channel is found the raw IQ signal around this slot is filtered with an RRC filter refer to Fig 48 The RRC filter is as defined in 2 and 1 e Roll off 0 35 e Design symbol rate 18 KHz e Filter s f
255. s the electronic attenuator into the signal path Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI device specific The command is only available with the electronic attenuator option B25 1309 9680 42 170 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control INPut GAIN STATe lt Boolean gt This command controls the preamplifier for the instrument The switchable gain is fixed at 20 dB If the preamplifier option is not present this command will return an error This command has no effect if the digital Baseband input is used Example INP GAIN STAT ON Switches the 20 dB preamplifier on Characteristics RST value OFF SCPI conforming INPut SELect RF BB DIQ AIQ This remote control command specifies whether the RF input or the analog Baseband input option FSQ B71 or the digital Baseband input option FSQ B 17 is the currently selected signal input Note that analog Baseband input requires the HW option FSQ B71 and the digital Baseband input requires HW option FSQ B17 to be installed Note Option BB and option AlQ are equivalent and select the analog Baseband input Example INPut SEL BB Select analog Baseband input Characteristics RST value RF SCPI conforming INPut 1Q BALanced STATe lt Boolean gt This remote control command specifies whether the analog Baseband IQ inputs are symmetrical balanced or asymmetrical unbalanced Note that this command requires option B71 When option B71 is not installed this command will r
256. secneseaenseess 10 EXA coa 70 1300 7462 42 201 Index EX TAJO CT Ves seis ai aid 73 External Trigger Level ui eed noses 72 F FUG MANAG AAA a e 84 FILE MANAGER 88 RECALL 86 SAVE 85 STARTUP RECALL 87 FAINOS S esin A Ath miadeated 56 EE A oui a talents Geta a e 67 Full Seale EVO iaa do 70 FUNCION KEYS iii a a 22 H Hardkey AMPT 21 DISP 21 DISPLAY 93 FILE 84 FILE 21 31 FREQ 21 HCOPY 21 32 LINES 65 LINES 21 MEAS 21 MKR 21 MKR FCTN 21 MKR gt 21 MRK 90 MRK gt 92 PRESET 21 SPAN 21 SWEEP 21 TRACE 21 TRIG 21 FAMOSA AAA 21 Hotkey AUTO LVL 18 REFRESH 18 RUN CONT 18 RUN SGL 18 SCREEN A B 18 SPECTRUM 10 SPECTRUM 18 TETRA2 10 TETRA2 18 FIOTK CYS A AAA A A 17 OU he tale asi aac asta T aes S A AE AA 74 TRAST GUO AA N E A 9 OTDA a a N a 75 IOF OOOO E OO ERE E E T 75 K KO VO OIC A L E E aaa 22 E 3 Index R amp S FSQ K110 L LOW PASS una iii 76 M Magnitude EMO caco dae tas 45 Marker Adjusting 90 Assigning to trace 92 Toggle Display 91 A EENE 90 Max Camie OSO esser iaa 79 Measure ACP Transient ssie a A 81 Measurement Running 33 Settings summary 34 Starting 12 MOUSE eraa a osa AEE 23 N INQVIQ ATION sesa a n A 17 Number of Slots to Analyze oooococccocccccocononooconcnanonnnanoo 71 Numen Keypad meitai aai 23 P Parameters Selecting amp Editing 23 Selection using external kKeYDOAI cccseseseseeeee es 25 Selection using mouse 25 Payload
257. sign This is the result nearest to zero Average statistic of an ensemble of N single result 1 N AverageStatistic x N Tx Formula 89 s 1 In words Calculate the arithmetic mean Example For these results x 1 12 5 8 N 4 The statistic would be e Min 1 e Max 12 l e Avg 1 12 5 8 4 0 5 e Curr x 4 8 Literature 1 ETSI EN 300 394 1 V3 1 0 Terrestrial Trunked Radio TETRA Conformance testing specification Part 1 Radio 2 ETSI EN 300 392 2 V3 2 1 Terrestrial Trunked Radio TETRA Voice plus Data V D Part 2 Air Interface Al 1309 9680 42 124 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control 4 Remote Control Description of commands This section specifies all the remote control commands specific to the R amp S FS K110 option Only those commands provided for this option are specified For details of remote control commands provided by the host analyzer please refer to the analyzer user manual Notation In the following sections all commands implemented in the instrument are first listed in tables and then described in detail arranged according to the command subsystems The notation is adapted to the SCPI standard The SCPI conformity information is included in the individual description of the commands Table of Commands Command In the command column the table provides an overview of the commands and their hierarchical arrangement see indentations Parameter The p
258. sing the CONFigure subsystem When you trigger any kind of sweep in the MMI or via remote control RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH it is not critical which measurement is initially selected In the background the R amp S FS K110 always performs all the supported measurements Once the measurement e g a RUN SGL measuring 100 slots has completed you may switch to any of the other measurement and immediately see those measurement results for the previously acquired 100 slots In remote control e You may also select any measurement when starting the sweep e After the measurement is completed you may switch to the measurement of interest via a CONF remote control command like CONF BURS CONS CSYM e You may then fetch this measurement s numeric results and traces as well as enable markers on this measurement s traces e After you have finished the fetching results from the current measurement you may switch to other measurement of interest via a CONF remote control command and so on e Once all the desired results are fetched you can start a new measurement COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT CONFigure BURSt CONStellation CCARrier IMMediate CSYMbol IMMediate CARRier SELect 24 to 24 ALL SYMBol SELect ALL DATA HDR SYNC PIL EVM ECARrier IMMediate UNIT ESYMbol IMMediate UNIT MAGNitude IMMediate PHASe IMMediate PVT IMMediate SPECtrum
259. stem The STATus subsystem contains the commands for the status reporting system Refer to section Status Reporting Registers for more information on the status registers RST does not influence the status registers COMMAND PARAMETERS UNIT COMMENT STATUS QUEStionable ACP Limit EVENt CONDition ENABle PTRansition NTRansition LIMit lt 1 2 3 gt EVENt CONDition ENABle PTRansition NTRansition POWer EVENt CONDition ENABle PTRansition NTRansition SYNC EVENt CONDition ENABle PTRansition NTRansition STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit EVENt This command queries the contents of the EVENt section of the STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Register Readout deletes the contents of the EVENt section Example STAT 0UES ACPL Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit CONDition This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit register Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section Example STATS OURS ACPL COND Characteristics RST value SCPI Conforming 1309 9680 42 177 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit register The ENABle register selectively enables the individual eve
260. sweep is acquired OpcOk SPACES 2 Space for OPC Provide response CALL IBWRT analyzer INIT IMM OPC REM here the controller can service other instrument CALL IBRD analyzer OpcORS Wait f r 1 from OPC REM Third possibility Use of OPC gt REM In order to be able to use the service request function in REM conjunction with a National Instruments GPIB driver the setting REM Disable Auto Serial Poll must be changed to yes by means of REM IBCONF CALL IBWRT analyzers SRE 32 Permit service request for ESR CALE LBWRI analyzers ESE 1 Set event enable bit for operation complete bit CALL IBWRT analyzers INIT IMM OPC Start sweep and synchronize with OPC CALL WaitSROQ boardID results Wait for service request REM Fourth possibility Use of INIT IMM REM In order to be able to use the service request function in REM conjunction with a National Instruments GPIB driver the setting REM Disable Auto Serial Poll must be changed to yes by means of REM IBCONF CALL IBWRT analyzers SRE 128 Permit service request for STAT 0PERational CALL IBWRT analyzer s ESE 0 Clear event enable bit for operation complete bit CALL IBWRT analyzers STATus OPERation ENABle 16 Enable bit 4 Measuring of status operation register CALL IBWRT analyzers STAT OPERation NTRansition 16 Set Ne
261. t These commands return the limit check results for the average or maximum measured RMS EVM of a slot where only data and header symbols contributed to the EVM The results are returned as a Boolean value where 0 Passed and 1 Failed limit exceeded Examples CALC LIM BURS EVM DHEA MAX RES The limit check result for the maximum measured EVM using data and header symbols is returned as a Boolean value 0 Passed 1 Failed Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 137 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM DSPilot AVERage CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM DSPilot MAXimum These commands set or return the comparison limits for the average or maximum measured RMS EVM of a slot where the data sync and pilot symbols contributed to the EVM The units for the EVM limits must be specified with the UNIT EVM command prior to this command being issued Examples CALC LIM BURS EVM DSP MAX The comparison limit for the maximum measured EVM where data sync and pilot symbols contributed to the EVM is returned CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM DSPilot AVERage RESult CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM DSPilot MAXimum RESult These commands return the limit check results for the average or maximum measured RMS EVM of a slot where only data sync and pilot symbols contributed to the EVM The results are returned as a Boolean value where 0 Passed and 1 Failed limit exceeded Ex
262. t 1 The first symbol instant of each found slot is equal to time t O as you can see at the x axis of the lower part of measurement Power versus Time Table 7 Definition of time S1 in unit symbol durations The time T1 determines the start of the slot or the subslot depending on the set slot type Calculation depends on the value t1 which is given in the standard 2 Please refer to Table 8 T1 is shown in the lower part of the measurement Power versus Time as a vertical line T1 also corresponds to the start of the green bar in lower part of the measurement Power versus Time 1309 9680 42 118 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements in Detail except for NDB slots Table 8 Calculation of time T1 in unit symbol durations T1 S1 t1 T start IS the time at the start of the PVT trace The calculation of the power before the burst starts there It depends on the used measurement time Please refer to Table 9 Table 9 Calculation of time T star In unit symbol durations The time T3 defines where the calculation of the power after the burst starts T3 depends on the number of symbols in the slot and on the value t3 that is given in the standard Please refer to Table 10 T3 is shown in the lower part of the measurement Power versus Time as a vertical line except for NDB slots Table 10 Calculation of time Tz in unit symbol durations The time Teng specifies the time at the end of the PVT tr
263. t Magnitude Capture Display Peak power should be rather close to the Reference Level but never above it Or check using the measurement Result list Enter the shown measurement value Maximum of Burst power minus 1 or 2 dB contingency reserve as parameter Signal Level Instrument calibrated If red warning UNCAL appears switch back to the base system softkey SPECTRUM and start a calibration hard key CAL Does the transmitter send PRBS data The demodulator needs pseudo random data data symbols in all subcarriers This means a too regular bit pattern on the physical layer after channel coding in DUT might cause the demodulator to fail or to be unstable External Reference If the instrument was told to use an external reference hardkey SETUP in the base system then make sure to supply in a valid reference signal with the correct frequency Otherwise a red warning EXTREF will show up on the screen Signal has high amplitude droop If e g thermal effects in the power ramping stage cause an exponential amplitude decay or increase over the slot duration then make sure to activate Compensate Amplitude Droop please refer to page 80 Fading If the signal experiences multi path effects then make sure to activate Pilot Tracking please refer to page 80 Sync symbols according to the standard Check using the measurement Constellation vs Symbols and softkey Symbols to plot 130
264. t 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe ECARrier SPAN lt numeric value gt DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe ESYMbol SPAN lt numeric value gt DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe MAGNitude SPAN lt numeric value gt DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe PHASE SPAN lt numeric value gt These commands set the span of the Y axis for the specified trace display and measurement The numeric suffix for WINDow lt 1 2 gt must be 2 as the relevant results are always displayed in screen B The numeric suffix for TRACe lt 1 4 gt must be 1 These commands support EVM vs Carrier EVM vs Symbol Magnitude Error Versus Symbol and Phase Error Versus Symbol measurements The SPAN value is only used when the corresponding AUTO property is off Example DISP WIND2 TRAC Y SCAL MAGN SPAN 7 sets the span value for the Y axis for the active traces on the Magnitude measurement Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 150 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe ECARrier UNIT lt DB PCT gt DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe ESYMbol UNIT lt DB PCT gt These commands set the units of the Y axis for the specified trace display and measurement The numeric suffix for WINDow lt 1 2 gt must be 2 as the relevant results are always displayed in screen B The numeric suffix for TRACe lt 1 4 gt must be 1 These commands support EVM vs Carrier EVM vs Symbol Magnit
265. t due to power ramping e to see whether certain symbol types cause high EVM e g the first 2 symbol instants represent mostly sync symbols Note that due to the Inter Carrier Interference a perfect TEDS signal will never show an EVM as low as a perfect single carrier or OFDM QAM signal 1309 9680 42 41 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 Y AXIS DIV Pressing Y AXIS DIV softkey displays a pop up dialog which allows the settings of the Y Axis to be controlled The center and the span range of the Y Axis can be adjusted to allow the user to zoom in on the measurement results TETRA EVM vs Symbol Y Axi is E ea ignal Levelt 30 dem Auto Scaling Unit w GENERAL SETTINGS rigger Mode Free Run iqger Offset O slots adulation y Center 9 00 Y Span 10 00 m ples 137700 30 slot Elec 5 00 0 00 dB DENOD SETTINGS DISPLAY LIST Belo TENA E es CM A a aie EUM US CARRIER MAGNITUDE ERROR PHASE ERROR Hf 1 syumbediv hin 0 hax 100 SUPPORT SPECTRUM f terme AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A gs Fig 15 EVM vs Symbol Y Axis Scaling EVM vs Symbol Y Axis The y axes of the measurements EVM vs Symbol and EVM vs Carrier can be configured with the same kind of dialog But since both measurement store individual settings the descriptions are kept separately in this manual First for EVM vs Symbol Auto Scaling EVM vs Symbol
266. t on the set channel bandwidth The setting Offset Freq is currently not yet available These are the frequency offsets relative to the nominal center frequency where to measure the ACP channels The setting Bandwidth is currently not yet available These are the symbol rates to design the ACP RRC filters with This means the values specified in standard 1 or 2 are used automatically The setting ACP RRC Roll off is currently not yet available These are the Roll off factors to design the ACP RRC filters with This means the values specified in standard 1 or 2 are used automatically Checkboxes Measure ACP transients are currently not yet available This means the measurement ACP due to Transients is always performed in the offset channels 1 and 1 not in other channels 81 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 ACP Display ACP Modulation Transients y Drop down menu ACP Display selects which numeric ACP Auto e Ste ae ae er ACP results are shown simultaneously in the two ACP Bandwidth KHz 25 18 418 18 measurements ACP RRC Rol ott 0 0 35 035 0 35 e Current amp Max or Measure ACP Transients Wa El a ec e ACP Display ACP Avg Average amp Max This switch has no influence on e which results are calculated internally l e you can toggle this switch after a measurement of 1000 slots has stopped and you will immediately see the desired result
267. t results can be specified 85 E 3 Measurements amp Settings R amp S FSQ K110 RECALL The RECALL softkey allows the user to recall previously saved measurement settings and or results RECALL E 1309 9680 42 The RECALL softkey displays the Recall dialog RECALL FILE External Att SELECT PATH SAVE SAVE O05 SAVE 010 SAVE 0 SAVE O01 F SA WE DIS 9 SAWE 011 SAVE D eee SELECT 13 SAVE 002 J SAWE 007 SAYE 012 d gt SAVE_O0 SAVE 003 gt SAVE 008 SAVE 013 SAVE 0 FILE 9 SAWE 004 SAVE 009 Fe SAWE 014 SAVE D MAA 2 EDIT File Mame SAVE_002 FILE NAME Miel 15 poe poe A Constellat Current Settings WI TETRA Results All Limit Lines IG Data All Transducers User Limits All Traces source Cal Data E Recall Cancel Measurement Complete Mo bursts found SPECTRUM f Emma AUTO LUL RUN SGL RUN CONT REFRESH SCREEN A Fig 35 Recall file dialog ad ad E EEE El TE El El From this panel the name of the file to be recalled can be specified The settings or results that are available in the recall file are shown along with check boxes to indicate whether or not these parameters should be recalled 86 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings STARTUP RECALL The STARTUP RECALL softkey specifies a file with settings and or results that should be recalled at each start up of the application STARTUP RECA
268. t the result that will be displayes as StdDev in unit dB is calculated as defined in Formula 81 in chapter RMS averaging using the linear scale values All statistics of SCRefPowerDeviation m can be converted to unit dB SCRefPower Deviation m 10 log O 1 SCRefPowerDeviation m Formula 53 Different statistics of SCRefPowerDeviation m are used or shown as e The numeric result called Ref Power Deviation in the table of measurement Flatness Carrier and Flatness Pilot e The traces of the measurement Flatness Carrier e Some results of SCPI FETCh BURSt SPECtrum FLATness ALL For a detailed explanation of the summary table of measurement Flatness Carriers please refer to Table 4 on page 114 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Symbols Carrier 4 S1 S9 P1 P5 P9 3 S2 S10 2 S3 S11 P2 P6 P10 1 S4 S12 1 S5 S13 2 S6 S14 P3 P7 P11 3 S7 S15 4 S8 S16 P4 P8 P12 Fig 49 Allocation of sync and pilot symbols for a Control Uplink Slot with 8 subcarriers An Example Please refer to Fig 49 The total slot Reference Power ReferenceP ower is the mean power of S1 S2 S3 S4 516 P1 P2 P3 P4 P11 P12 The AvgSCReferencePower is ReferencePower divided by 8 1309 9680 42 111 E 3 Measurements in Detail R amp S FSQ K110 CarrierRefPower m the Reference Power for each subcarrier is for example for sub
269. table please refer to Fig 51 on page 115 Please note that the switch ACP Display page 82 selects if the Current amp Max or the Average and Max results are shown in the table A potential frequency offset is not compensated for this measurement so it should be checked before refer to Fig 28 The limits to check the results against can be set by using the LINES hardkey Each signal bandwidth cf parameter Channel Bandwidth page 67 stores its own set of limits All limits are automatically set to the ones defined in 2 when a PRESET is performed Afterwards the user can change them The measurements ACP Due to Transients Upper Lower are useful e for checking if the requirements defined in 2 and 1 are met e for checking if the transmitter disturbs adjacent channels For these measurements it is of course required that the adjacents channels are inactive 54 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings ACP Transients Lower ACP TRANS The ACP due to Transients Lower result display is selected by pressing the POE SPECTRUM softkey in the main measurement softkey menu followed by the ACP TRANS LOWER softkey Remote CONF BURS SPEC ACPR TLOW IMM 390 05 MHz Signal Level 30 dBm External Att GENERAL Single Trigger Mode Free Run Trigger Offset SETTINGS Channel Bandwidth DEMOD SETTINGS DISPLAY LIST SPEC TRUM FFT MODULATION Z symbediv
270. ter These bits are not used CALibration 4 TEMPerature This bit is set if a questionable temperature occurs The bit is set if a measurement is performed uncalibrated LIMit device specific This bit is set if a limit value is violated see also section STATus QUEStionable LIMit Register Note Limit registers are associated with limit for the EVM and Summary Table measurements only SYNC This bit is set if a questionable R amp S FS K110 acquisition or demodulation condition occurs see also section STATus QUEStionable SYNC ACPLimit This bit is set if a limit for the adjacent channel power measurement is violated see also section STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Register 13 to 14 These bits are not used This bit is always O 10 LMARgin device specific This bit is set if a margin is violated see also section STATus QUEStionable LMARgin Register 1309 9680 42 192 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control STATus QUEStionable ACPLimit Register ACP Related Limits This register contains information regarding limits for ACP due to Modulation and ACP due to Upper and Lower transient measurements This register can be queried with commands STATus QUEStionable ACPL CONDition STATus QUEStionable ACPL EVENt Table 19 Register STATus QUEStionable ACPL Limit Register 1 Meaning ACP Modulation Relative Channel 3 Current Limit Fail This bit is set if the ACP Modulation 3 lower channel current limit is e
271. ter 3 Meaning Frequency Error Average Limit Fail This bit is set if the Frequency Error average limit is exceeded Frequency Error Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set if the Frequency Error maximum limit is exceeded IQ Offset Error Average Limit Fail This bit is set if the IQ Offset error average limit is exceeded IQ Offset Error Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set if the IQ Offset error maximum limit is exceeded Magnitude Error Average Limit Fail This bit is set if the Magnitude Error average limit is exceeded Magnitude Error Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set if the Magnitude Error maximum limit is exceeded Phase Error Average Limit Fail This bit is set if the Phase Error average limit is exceeded Phase Error Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set if the Phase Error maximum limit is exceeded These bits are not used 1309 9680 42 195 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 STATus QUEStionable POWer Register This register contains information regarding the RF path signal power conditions The bits can be queried with commands STATus QUEStionable POWer CONDition STATUS QUEStionable POWer EVENt Table 22 Register STATus QUEStionable POWer IF UNDERload This bit is set if the IF path is under loaded IFUNL will be displayed during this condition IF OVERload RF OVERload This bit is set if the RF input is overloaded OVLD will be displayed during this condition This bit is set if the IF path is
272. the EVM The units for the EVM limits must be specified with the UNIT EVM command prior to this command being issued Examples CALC LIM BURS EVM DATA MAX The comparison limit for the maximum measured EVM where only data symbols contributed to the EVM is returned CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM DATA AVERage RESult CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM DATA MAXimum RESult These commands return the limit check results for the average or maximum measured RMS EVM of a slot where only data symbols contributed to the EVM The results are returned as a Boolean value where 0 Passed and 1 Failed limit exceeded Examples CALC LIM BURS EVM DATA MAX RES The limit check result for the maximum measured EVM using data symbols is returned as a Boolean value 0 Passed 1 Failed Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM DHEA AVERage CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM DHEA MAXimum These commands set or return the comparison limits for the average or maximum measured RMS EVM of a slot where the data and header symbols contributed to the EVM The units for the EVM limits must be specified with the UNIT EVM command prior to this command being issued Examples CALC LIM BURS EVM DHEA MAX The comparison limit for the maximum measured EVM where data and header symbols contributed to the EVM is returned CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM DHEA AVERage RESult CALCulate LIMit BURSt EVM DHEA MAXimum RESul
273. the relative ACP power signal in unit dB AcpTransLower t AcpTransLower t ReferenceP ower g Formula 66 Note that a signal showing the absolute adjacent channel power during the immediate time around a certain slot is related to the Reference Power that belongs to the same slot Different statistics of AcpTransLower t are Shown as e Traces of measurement ACP due to Transients Lower e SPCI CONF BURS SPEC ACPR TLOW IMM then fetch a trace Note Averaging ACP results is done in linear scale the result then converted back to unit dB In the above formulas p i is an internally used correction factor to compensate for all power gains and losses applied to the input signals during data capturing and signal processing ACF Due to Transients Summary Table Ey RRE fet Pwer Maximum Power During Transient Measurement Time Channel Abs dBm Rel dB Limit dB Delta to Limit dB DEEN Lower Curr Upper Curr po a Fig 51 Summary table of measurement ACP due to Transients Note that in Fig 51 all texts Curr will change to Avg if the parameter ACP Display in the Demod Settings dialog is switched from ACP Curr to ACP Avg The corresponding results will also change 1309 9680 42 115 E 3 Measurements in Detail R amp S FSQ K110 Table 5 Description of the summary table of the measurement ACP due to Transients Description gt Depending on parameter ACP Display ei
274. ther the Reference Power c f ReferenceP ower in Formula 50 of the last found slot or the average of all slots found so far This result is fetched from the demodulator The maximum value of all results ReferenceP ower of all slots found so far O Depending on parameter ACP Display either the peak value of signal AcpTransLower t ee of only the last found slot or the average of all the peak values measured in all slots found so far The peak value of all signals AcpTransLower t i of all slots found so far Depending on parameter ACP Display either the peak value of signal AcpTransUpper t ae of only the last found slot or the average of all the peak values measured in all slots found so far The peak value of all signals AcpTrans Upper t ign of all slots found so far Depending on parameter ACP Display either the worst value measured in signal AcpTransLower t le for the last found slot or the average of all those worst values of all slots found so far E The worst value measured in all signals 4AcpTransLower t p of all slots found so far This result is considered to be the most important one for the lower adjacent channel Depending on parameter ACP Display either the worst value measured in signal AcpTransUpper t le for the last found slot or the average of all those worst values of all slots found so far The worst value measured in all signals 4cpTransUpper t e of all slots found so far
275. to chapter Arithmetic averaging on page 123 All statistics of CarrierRef Power m can be converted to unit dBm CarrierRefPower m lmw CarrierRefPower m 10 log Formula 46 Different statistics of CarrierRefPower m are shown as e By SCPI only FETCh BURSt SUMTable SCRPower 1309 9680 42 109 E 3 Measurements in Detail R amp S FSQ K110 Powers of a slot The mean power of a slot is calculated as the mean of the measured power at all symbol instants We can use the already calculated mean powers of the subcarriers Formula 43 and add them up M 1 BurstPower gt CarrierPower m Formula 47 m 0 The Min Max Avg Current statistic for BurstPoweris done according to chapter Arithmetic averaging on page 123 All statistics of BurstPower can be converted to unit dBm BurstPower Formula 48 BurstPower 10 log10 dbm g 1mW Different statistics of BurstPower are shown as e The row called Burst Power in the Summary Table measurement e SCPI FETC BURS SUMT BPWR The Reference Power of a slot is calculated as the mean measured power at all sync and pilot symbol instants We can use the already calculated mean Reference Powers of the subcarriers Formula 45 and add them up using weighting M M 1 ReferencePower SK CarrierRefPower m Formula 49 total m 0 Km Is the number of sync or pilot symbols in subcarrier m Kiota is the number of sync or
276. transmission takes place using the REAL binary format the data is transferred in block format Definite Length Block Data according to IEEE 754 The general structure of the return values is shown in the following example 42568 lt trace value 1 gt lt trace value 2 gt lt trace value 642 gt Where e 4 digits of the subsequent number of data bytes 4 in the example 2568 consists of 4 digits e 2568 Number of subsequent data bytes 642 trace values x 4 per float e lt trace value x gt 4 byte floating point measurement trace value Binary format FORMat UINT valid for Bitstream measurement only If the transmission takes place using the UINT binary format the data is transferred in block format Definite Length Block Data according to IEEE 754 The general structure of the return values is shown in the following example 3272 lt trace value 1 gt lt trace value 2 gt lt trace value 272 gt Where e 8 digits of the subsequent number of data bytes 3 in the example 272 consists of 3 digits e 272 Number of subsequent data bytes 272 symbols x 1 per UINT8 lt trace value x gt 1 byte unsigned integer measurement bitstream value 1309 9680 42 182 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control Table 14 Number of values returned for measurements FORMat Data Number of Values Returned ACP due to Modulation FORMat ASCii 642 FORMat REAL Floating point values FORMat ASCii FORMat REAL Floating point values TRAC
277. trigger delay or pre trigger would not be appropriate Remote TRIG SEQ HOLD TRIG SEQ HOLD SLOT External Trigger Level specifies the level the external trigger signal must meet or exceed to trigger capturing of IQ data The External Trigger Level parameter is editable only when Trigger Mode is set to External Remote TRIG SEQ LEV EXT Feature Auto Power Trigger Level is currently not yet available and therefore the corresponding checkbox is not editable 72 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements amp Settings Trigger Level RF Trigger Settings Trigger Level RF specifies the level the signal at the RF ces Laie ae a input must reach to trigger capturing of IQ data Pres ae The Trigger Level parameter is editable only when Trigger Mode is set to Power The Trigger Level RF parameter is only editable and has only an effect when parameter Input on page 74 is set to RP Remote TRIG SEO LEV POW Trigger Level Baseband Trigger Settings Trigger Level Baseband specifies the level the signal at ati ee the analog Baseband input must reach to trigger capturing Ext Trigger Lvl 500 mv of IQ data Trigger Level Baseband Auto Level RMN The application does not offer this setting if the corresponding analog Baseband HW option B71 is not installed The Trigger Level parameter is editable only when Trigger Mode is set to Power The Trigger Level Baseband parameter is only editable and has only
278. ubcarrier from that subcarriers measured Reference Power Additionally it shows in which subcarrier and at which symbol position the maximum and minimum unit dB deviation occurred The lower part of the result display shows the result traces versus subcarrier index Note e Pilot Symbol Flatness can only be measured and displayed for subcarriers that contain at least one pilot symbol e Subcarrier Reference Power Flatness is measured for all subcarriers Activating a marker please refer to page 94 delivers more information e For Flatness Carrier measurement Maximum minimum average and standard deviation RMS results for the subcarrier the marker resides on e For Flatness Pilot measurement Maximum minimum average and dB standard deviation linear scale RMS results for all the pilot symbols in the subcarrier the marker resides on Note Both the result table in the upper half and the traces in the lower half distinguish two kinds of averaged results e AVG For all absolute powers shown in unit dBm Arithmetic averaging of powers unit Watt is done For power deviation results shown in dB Arithmetic averaging of the deviations in linear scale is done If the power deviations vary around O dB their average will tend towards O dB they compensate eachother e StdDev For all absolute powers Total Reference Power Slot and Average SubCarrier Reference Power Th
279. ude Error Versus Symbol and Phase Error Versus Symbol measurements Example DL OPtWiEND As TRACE ES CALSECARSUNET POT sets the units for the Y axis to percent for the active traces on EVM vs carrier Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe RLEVel AUTO This remote control command controls the automatic power level detection and optimum input settings When switched on power level detection is performed at the start of each measurement sweep and the attenuator and pre amplifiers are automatically adjusted Currently not yet available Example DISP WIND TRACY SCALGRLEVIAUTO ON The R amp S FS K110 option will auto detect the signal input power Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific See CONFigure POWer AUTO as an alternative DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe RLEVel IQ lt numeric value gt This remote control command is used to specify the maximum average slot power level in volts expected for the signal at the Analyzer s analog Baseband not RF input Example DIOP WINDL TRAC Y SCAL lt RLEV TO 1 2 V The R amp S FS K110 option assumes a maximum analog Baseband slot power of 1 2V Characteristics RST value 1 SCPI device specific See CONFigure POWer EXPected IQ as an alternative DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe RLEVel OFFSet This remote control command is used to specify the user s external attenuation on the Analyzer
280. ulas although it is sampled of course Please refer to chapter Results of Power versus Time on page 118 for details about the PVT results The signal IQpyr t is also used to calculate the Crest Factor cf Formula 31 1309 9680 42 100 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Measurements in Detail Result descriptions Normalization constants The expectation value for the mean power of all ideal symbol instants of a whole slot is 1 1 M1 SN max Chow a 2 X Op m k Al Formula 1 ax m 0 k 1 Using Formula 1 the expectation value for the magnitude of all ideal symbol instants of the whole slot is also 1 0 Cim Cog Formula 2 Both Cmag and Cpow do not depend on the payload modulation type number of subcarriers or slot type But a pseudo random equal distribution of the payload and header symbols is assumed for any slot i e no constant pattern should be sent Phase Error The Phase Error in rad at the symbol instant k in subcarrier m is the difference of the phase of the measured and the phase of the ideal symbol PhaseError m k arg IO sex m k 10 m k Formula 3 Note that this is not equal to the phase of EVM m k Formula 13 Using Formula 3 the RMS Phase Error at a certain symbol instant k averaged over all M subcarriers is 1 M I PhaseError nbo k ve Y PhaseError m k Formula 4 m 0 The Min Max Avg Current statistic for PhaseError sym so Kk Is done according to chapter RMS averaging o
281. urs Characteristics RST value 65535 SCPI device specific STATus QUESionable LIMit lt 1 2 3 gt NTRansition 0 to 65535 This command determines what bits in the STATus QUESionable LIMit Condition register will set the corresponding bit in the STATus QUESionable LIMit Event register when that bit has a negative transition 1 to 0 The variable lt number gt is the sum of the decimal values of the bits that are to be enabled Example STAT QUES LIM NTR 65535 All condition bits will be summarized in the Event register when a positive transition occurs Characteristics RST value 0 SCPI device specific STATus QUESionable POWer CONDition This command queries the contents of the CONDition section of the STATus QUEStionable POWer register Readout does not delete the contents of the CONDition section Example WSTAT QUES POW lt COND Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific STATus QUESionable POWer ENABle 0 to 65535 This command sets the bits of the ENABle section of the STATus QUEStionable POWer register The ENABle register selectively enables the individual events of the associated EVENt section forthe summary bit Example STAT QUES POW ENAB 65535 All events bits will be represented in the POWer summary bit Characteristics RST value 65535 SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 179 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 STATus QUESionable POWer PTRansition 0 to 65535 This command dete
282. useful part of the slot found in the TX channel first symbol instant to last symbol instant is T SN nax P Acp 1 ACP 1 dt Formula 67 R SN naD Factor is an internally used correction factor to compensate for all power gains and losses applied Acp AcpPower n to the input signals during data capturing and signal processing R is the input impedance AcpPower n can be converted to unit dBm AcpPower n lmWw AcpPower n 10 logl o Formula 68 AcpPower n y n each ACP channel is shown at these locations e The green bars not the trace in the lower part of the measurement ACP due to Modulation show the maximum i e worst value measured Exception The bar in the TX channel corresponds to the maximum of the result ReferencePower cf Formula 50 e Inthe summary table cf Fig 52 result A and B e SPCI For example FETC BURS ACPM CHANO ABSP Max Using ReferencePower of Formula 50 we get the relative powers AcpPower n y AcpPower n y ReferencePower p Formula 69 Note that the mean power measured in the offset channels during the useful part of a certain single slot is related to the Reference Power that belongs to the same single slot Note Averaging ACP results is done in linear scale the result then converted back to unit dB Different statistics of AcpPower n in each ACP channel are shown as e result C and D in the summary table cf Fig 52 e SPCI For example
283. vers remote control operation of R amp S FS K110 This section covers the following subjects Introduction to R amp S FS K110 measurements e Installation e Starting the application e Exiting the application e Quick start guide allows the user to get up and running in minimum time e Navigation e Save recall saving amp recalling user settings amp measurement results e Printing 1309 9680 42 7 E 3 General Information R amp S FSQ K110 Introduction to R amp S FS K110 TETRA2 Measurements The use of an R amp S FSQ or R amp S FSU spectrum analyzer with its high sensitivity enables the accurate and reproducible measurement of a TETRA Release ll Device Under Test DUT e R amp S FS K110 Supports measurements of the physical layer of TETRA Release II ETSI EN 300 392 2 V3 2 1 TEDS signals that are listed in Fehler Verweisquelle konnte nicht gefunden werden Table 1 Supported Slot types Slot or burst type Payload QAM Number of sub carriers channel bandwidth Normal Downlink NDB 4or8or16 8 16 32 48 25 KHz 50 KHz 100 KHz 150 KHz Normal Uplink NUB 4or8or16 8 16 32 48 25 KHz 50 KHz 100 KHz 150 KHz Control Uplink CB 4or8or 16 8 16 32 48 25 KHz 50 KHz 100 KHz 150 KHz Random Access RAB 4 8 25 KHz e R amp S FS K110 does not support TETRA Release 1 signals phase modulation Those signals can be measured with the base system spectrum analyzer respectively the Vector Signal Analyzer option FS K70
284. w lt 1 2 gt must be 2 as the relevant results are always displayed in screen B The numeric suffix for TRACe lt 1 4 gt must be 1 These commands support EVM vs Carrier EVM vs Symbol Magnitude Error Versus Symbol and Phase Error Versus Symbol measurements Example DISP WIND2 TRAC Y SCAL ESYM AUTO ON switches on automatic scaling of the Y axis for the active traces of the EVM vs Symbol measurement Characteristics RST value ON SCPI device specific DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe ECARrier CENTer lt numeric value gt DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe ESYMbol CENTer lt numeric value gt DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe MAGNitude CENTer lt numeric value gt DISPlay WINDow lt 1 2 gt TRACe1 Y SCALe PHASE CENTer lt numeric value gt gt These commands set the center value of the Y axis for the specified trace display and measurement The numeric suffix for WINDow lt 1 2 gt must be 2 as the relevant results are always displayed in screen B The numeric suffix for TRACe lt 1 4 gt must be 1 These commands support EVM vs Carrier EVM vs Symbol Magnitude Error Versus Symbol and Phase Error Versus Symbol measurements The CENT er value is only used when the corresponding AUTO property is off Example DISP WIND2 TRAC Y SCAL ECAR CENT 27 sets the center value for the Y axis for the active traces of the EVM vs Carrier measurement Characteristics RST value ON DISPlay WINDow l
285. xample CALC2 MARK TRAC 2 Assigns marker 1 in screen B to trace 2 Characteristics RST value 1 SCPI device specific Fig 56 identifies which CALC MARKer X positioning commands to use for a given measurement Fig 56 Valid Marker X Positioning Commands Currently not yet available Constellation vs Carrier CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt XCARrier Note Both SCPI commands applicable CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt XSYMbol Currently not yet available Marker X positioning commands The following commands are used to position the active marker in the X direction CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt XCAR CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt XFRE CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt XSYM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt XTIM CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt XCARrier This command positions the selected marker to the indicated carrier x position or fetches the carrier x position Note that for the Constellation vs Carrier measurement both XCAR and XSYM may be specified When to use this command may be found in Fig 56 The marker must be on to use this command Examples CALC2 MARK XCAR 7 Positions marker 1 in screen B to carrier CALC2 MARK XCAR Returns the currentcarrier x position of marker 1 nscreenB Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 130 E 3 R amp S FSQ K110 Remote Control CALCulate lt 1 2 gt MARKer lt 1 gt XFRequency This command positio
286. xceeded ACP Modulation Relative Channel 3 Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set if the ACP Modulation 3 lower channel maximum limit is exceeded ACP Modulation Relative Channel 2 Current Limit Fail This bit is set if the ACP Modulation 2 lower channel current limit is exceeded ACP Modulation Relative Channel 2 Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set if the ACP Modulation 2 lower channel maximum limit is exceeded ACP Modulation Relative Channel 1 Current Limit Fail This bit is set if the ACP Modulation 1 lower channel current limit is exceeded ACP Modulation Relative Channel 1 Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set if the ACP Modulation 1 lower channel maximum limit is exceeded ACP Modulation Relative Channel 1 Current Limit Fail This bit is set if the ACP Modulation 1 upper channel current limit is exceeded CN co mm 7 ACP Modulation Relative Channel 1 Maximum Limit Fail ual This bit is set if the ACP Modulation 1 upper channel maximum limit is exceeded a no ACP Modulation Relative Channel 2 Current Limit Fail This bit is set if the ACP Modulation 2 upper channel current limit is exceeded ACP Modulation Relative Channel 2 Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set if the ACP Modulation 2 upper channel maximum limit is exceeded ACP Modulation Relative Channel 3 Current Limit Fail This bit is set if the ACP Modulation 3 upper channel current limit is exceeded ACP Modulation Relative Channel 3 Maximum Limit Fail This bit is set
287. ximum calculated crest factor from the most recent measurement is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM ALL CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM ALL AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM ALL MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM ALL MINimum This command returns the slots RMS Error Vector Magnitude taking the data header sync and pilot symbols into account The units for the EVM results have to specified before with the UNIT EVM command Example FETC BURS SUMT EVM ALL MAX The maximum EVM recorded for all kind of symbols is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific 1309 9680 42 163 E 3 Remote Control R amp S FSQ K110 FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM DATA CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM DATA AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM DATA MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM DATA MINimum This command returns the slots RMS Error Vector Magnitude measurement results taking only the data symbols into account The units for the EVM results have to be specified before with the UNIT EVM command Example FETC BURS SUMT EVM DATA MAX The maximum EVM recorded for the data symbols is returned Characteristics RST value SCPI device specific FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM DHEAder CURRent FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM DHEAder AVERage FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM DHEAder MAXimum FETCh BURSt SUMTable EVM DHEAder MINimum This command returns the slots Error Vector

r&s®fs-k110 tetra ii

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

r&amp;s&reg;fs-k110 tetra ii

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

r&s®fs-k110 tetra ii